Including Information On Trailer Towing (Page 4-18) : Downloaded From Search Engine

Table of Contents
Your Vehicle at a Glance 1

Essential Safety Equipment 2
Knowing Your Mazda 3
Protecting Your Mazda 4
Including Information on Trailer Towing (page 4-18)
Driving Your Mazda 5
In Case of Emergency 6
Appearance Care 7
Maintenance 8
Customer Information 9
Including Information on How to Report Safety Defects (page 9-11)
Specifications 10
Index 11
Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine
A Word to Mazda Owners
Thank you for choosing a Mazda. An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows We assure you that all of us at
We at Mazda provide and build your vehicle best. So when mainte- Mazda have an ongoing interest in
vehicles with complete customer nance or service is necessary, that’s your motoring pleasure and in your
satisfaction in mind. the place to go. full satisfaction with your Mazda
product.
To help ensure enjoyable and trouble- Our nationwide network of Mazda
free operation of your Mazda, read professionals is dedicated to pro- Mazda Motor Corporation
this manual carefully and follow its viding you with the best possible
recommendations. service. HIROSHIMA, JAPAN

A Word to Mazda Owners
Important Notes About This Manual

Keep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda. Should you
resell the vehicle, leave this manual with it for the next owner.
Please be aware that this manual applies to all models, equipment and options. As a result, you may find some
explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.
All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing. Because improvement is a constant goal
at Mazda, we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation.
Air Conditioning and the Environment

Your Mazda’s genuine air conditioner is filled with R134a, a refrigerant that has been found not to damage the
earth’s ozone layer. If the air conditioner does not operate properly, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

How to Use This Manual
We want to help you get the most Index: A good place to start is the
driving pleasure from your vehicle. Index, an alphabetical listing of all
Your owner’s manual, when read information in your manual.
from cover to cover, can do that in
many ways. Sections: This manual has eleven
sections. Sections 1 through 10
Illustrations complement the words begin with a brief list of contents so
of the manual to best explain how to you can usually tell at a glance if
enjoy your Mazda. By reading your that section has the information you
manual, you can find out about the want.
features, about important safety
information, and about driving under The above symbol in this manual
various road conditions. means “Do not let this happen”.

You’ll find several WARNINGs,

CAUTION NOTE
CAUTIONs, and NOTEs in the
manual. A NOTE provides information and
A CAUTION indicates a situation
sometimes suggests how to make
in which injury or damage to your
better use of your vehicle.
WARNING vehicle, or both, could result if the
caution is ignored.
A WARNING indicates a situation
in which serious injury or death
could result if the warning is
ignored.

Graphic symbols:
Some of the following symbols are used to identify controls and displays on your vehicle.
HEADLIGHT HIGH BEAM HEADLIGHT LOW BEAM PARKING LIGHTS ILLUMINATION

LIGHTS CONTROL
HAZARD WARNING TRUNK RELEASE

TURN SIGNALS FLASHER HOOD RELEASE FUEL
ENGINE COOLANT BATTERY CHARGING SEAT BELTS

TEMPERATURE ENGINE OIL SYSTEM BRAKE SYSTEM

VENTILATION FAN AIR RECIRCULATION FRESH AIR VENT VENT-FLOOR
REAR WINDOW WINDSHIELD

FLOOR FLOOR DEFROSTING DEFROSTING DEFROSTING WIPER & WASHER
LIGHTER MALFUNCTION
HORN WASHER FLUID INDICATOR LIGHT

Your Vehicle at a Glance
1 Your Mazda is a complex vehicle, but the design throughout considers your safety and comfort
paramount. This requires many controls, locks, graphic symbols, mechanisms, and amenities that need
to be understood for proper operation.
Section 1 illustrates this information to familiarize you with what needs to be known to help make
your motoring safer and easier, and lots more fun.
Interior Overview 1-2

Dashboard Overview 1-3
Doors 1-4
Rear Compartment 1-5
Cargo Area 1-6
Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine 1-1

Interior Overview
*Some models.
1-2

Dashboard Overview
*Some models.
1-3

Doors
*Some models.
1-4

Rear Compartment
*Some models.
1-5

Cargo Area
*Some models.
1-6

Essential Safety Equipment
2 Personal safety and comfort are what make driving your Mazda a pleasurable experience. Section 2
describes essential information for optimal safe driving including seats, seat belt systems, and the
supplemental restraint system.
Front Seats 2- 2
Rear Seats 2- 4
Seat Belt System 2- 5
Child Restraint 2-21
Supplemental Air Bag Restraint System 2-29

Front Seats
WARNING
Driver’s Seat Adjustment:
Adjusting the driver’s seat while the
vehicle is moving could cause the
driver to lose control of the vehicle.
Adjust this seat only when the vehi-
cle is stopped.
J Seat Adjustment WARNING J Seat Recline*

To move a front seat forward or back-
Luggage Behind Seatback: To change the seatback angle, lean for-
ward, lift the handle up and slide the seat.
ward slightly and raise the seat recline
Release the handle to latch the seat in its Luggage or other cargo should not
lever. Then, lean back to the position you
new position. be piled higher than the seatbacks.
want and release the lever.
Make sure the seat locks securely in This will help keep items from being
place. thrown about and injuring people
*Some models.
in a collision or sudden stop.
2-2

Make sure the lever returns to its original

position. WARNING WARNING
Lifting this lever (when a seat is unoccu- Reclining: Upright Seatbacks:
pied) allows the seatback to fold forward Sitting in a reclined position in a Rear seat passengers should not
for access to the rear seat. moving vehicle can be dangerous lean on the front seatback while the
because you don’t get the full pro- vehicle is in motion. A seatback
tection from seat belts. In a collision which is folded forward even a
or sudden stop, you can slide under small degree may not lock properly
the lap belt and suffer serious inter- in the event of a sudden stop or
nal injuries. For maximum protec- collision. Do not allow packages or
tion, sit well back and upright. other objects to interfere with the
normal positions of the seatback
or the seat recline lever. This may
prevent the seatback from locking
in the event of a sudden stop or
collision and could cause personal
injury.
2-3

Rear Seats
J Lumbar Support Adjustment*
Turn the lumbar support control knob
WARNING
counterclockwise to increase firmness. Seatback Lock:
Turn the lumbar support control knob If the driver’s seatback is unlocked
clockwise to increase softness. while the vehicle is moving, it could
cause the driver to lose control. To
The control knob is located on the out- prevent this, and to prevent injury to
board side of the driver’s seat. a passenger, unlock a seatback only
when the vehicle is stopped.
J Jump Seats*
2-Door Cab Plus
To open, pull inboard and down on the
seat handle.
To stow the seat, pull seat bottom back to
the fully upright position.
*Some models.
2-4

Seat Belt System

Seat belts help decrease the possibility or
WARNING severity of injury during accidents and
sudden stops. Mazda recommends that
Installing a Child Seat in the the driver and passengers wear seat belts
Jump Seat: at all times.
Do not install a child seat in a cen-
ter facing jump seat. They are not J Energy Management Feature
intended for this purpose. This vehicle has a seat belt system with
an energy management feature at the
front outboard seating positions to help
further reduce the risk of injury in the
4-Door Cab Plus event of a head-on collision.
To open, pull seat assembly down, then This seat belt system has a retractor
raise seatback. assembly that is designed to pay out
webbing in a controlled manner. This
To stow the seat, fold seat back down and feature is designed to help reduce the
raise seat assembly to the fully upright belt force acting on the occupant’s chest.
position.
2-5

J Emergency Locking Mode

NOTE WARNING The emergency locking mode is the
After any vehicle collision, the seat normal retractor mode, allowing free
Belt and retractor assembly must
belt system at all outboard seating shoulder belt length adjustment to your
be replaced if the seat belt system
positions (except driver, which has movements and locking in response to
“automatic locking retractor” fea-
no “automatic locking retractor” vehicle movement. For example, if the
ture or any other seat belt function
feature) must be checked by a quali- driver brakes suddenly or turns a corner
is not operating properly when
fied technician to verify the no sharply, or the vehicle receives an impact
checked according to procedures in
“automatic locking retractor” fea- of 5 mph (8 km/h) or more the combina-
the workshop manual. Failure to
ture for child seats is still functioning tion seat belts will lock to help reduce
replace the belt and retractor
properly in addition to other checks forward movement of the driver and
assembly could increase the risk of
for proper seat belt system function. passengers.
injury in collisions.
2-6

J Automatic Locking Mode t How to use the automatic locking t How to disengage the automatic
mode locking mode
In this mode, the shoulder belt is auto-
1. Buckle the combination lap and Disconnect the combination lap/shoulder
matically pre-locked. The belt will still
shoulder belt. belt and allow it to retract completely
retract to remove any slack in the
shoulder belt. 2. Grasp the shoulder portion and pull to disengage the automatic locking mode
downward until the entire belt is and activate the emergency locking
The automatic locking mode is not extracted. mode.
available on the driver seat belt. 3. Allow the belt to retract. As the belt S This vehicle has a seat belt system
t When to use the automatic retracts, you will hear a clicking sound. with an energy management feature
locking mode This indicates the safety belt is now in at the front seating positions to help
the automatic locking mode. further reduce the risk of injury in the
S When a tight lap/shoulder fit is
event of head-on collision.
desired.
S This seat belt system has a retractor
S Any time a child safety seat is
assembly that is designed to pay out
installed in a passenger front seating
webbing in a controlled manner. This
position. Children 12 years old and
feature is designed to help reduce the
under should be properly restrained
belt force acting on an occupant’s
in the rear seat (if equipped) when-
chest.
ever possible. Refer to ‘‘Child
Restraint’’ in this section.
2-7

WARNING WARNING WARNING

Seat Belts: Always drive and ride with your Damaged Seat Belts:
Make sure that you and your pas- seatback upright and the lap belt An accident can damage a seat belt
sengers, including pregnant women, portion of your seat belt snug and in use. The belt webbing can be
wear seat belts. Be sure that the low across the hips. This will reduce weakened and retractors and anchors
lap belt portion of your seat belt the risk of serious injury to the can be bent or broken. Therefore, a
fits snugly and as low as possible abdomen or neck that could be damaged seat belt may not provide
around the hips. If seat belts are not caused by sliding under the seat
belts in a collision. adequate protection in a collision.
used properly, the risk of you or Have a professional inspect all seat
your passengers being injured in a belt systems in use during an acci-
collision greatly increases. In a dent before they are used again.
rollover crash, an unbelted person
is significantly more likely to die
than a person wearing a seat belt.
(Continued)
2-8

NOTE WARNING NOTE

When the lap/shoulder belt is un- Refer to page 2-15 for more informa-
Twisted Seat Belts:
buckled and allowed to retract com- tion on how to untwist a seat belt.
pletely, the retractor will switch to Twisted seat belts can cause injury.
the emergency locking mode. In a collision, the full width of the
belt isn’t available to absorb the
impact. This puts more force on the WARNING
bones beneath the belt, which could
One Belt, One Passenger:
WARNING break them or cause other serious
injury. If you cannot untwist or Using one seat belt for more than
No Passengers in Cargo Area: unjam the seat belt, see your nearest one person at a time is dangerous.
qualified technician immediately. A seat belt used in this way can’t
Do not allow any people to ride in
Never drive or ride with twisted seat spread the impact force properly
the cargo area of your vehicle.
belts. and the two passengers could be
People who are not riding in seats
crushed together and seriously
with their seat belts fastened are
injured. Never use one belt for more
much more likely to be injured in a
than one person at a time.
collision.
2-9

If the seat belt is not buckled before the

ignition is turned to ON, the light comes
on for one to two minutes and the chime
sounds for 4 to 8 seconds.
If the seat belt is buckled while the light
is on and the chime is sounding, both the
light and chime turn off.
If the seat belt is buckled before the igni-
tion is turned to ON, both the light and
chime will not turn on.
J Seat Belt Warning Light/Chime J Front Seat Belts

The seat belt warning light/chime To fasten:
reminds you to fasten your seat belt. One 1. Grasp the buckle and tongue plate.
of the following will take place:
2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.
2-10

3. Insert the tongue into the buckle clos-

est to the direction the tongue is com-
ing from until you hear a click.
WARNING
4. Pull slightly to ensure a proper con- Positioning the Lap Portion of the
nection. Seat Belt:
The lap portion of the seat belt worn
WARNING too high can be dangerous. In a col-
lision, this would concentrate the
Positioning the Shoulder Portion of impact force directly on the abdom-
the Seat Belt: inal area, causing serious injury.
Improper positioning of the shoulder Wear the lap belt snugly and as low
portion of the seat belt is dangerous. as possible.
An improperly positioned belt will
provide little or no protection in
a collision. Always make sure the
shoulder portion of the seat belt is
positioned across your shoulder and
near your neck, but never under
your arm, on your neck, or on your
upper arm.
2-11

Regular Cab
To unfasten: J Shoulder Belt Adjuster To lower the shoulder belt height, push
Push the red release button and remove the button and slide the height adjuster
Your vehicle has seat belt height adjust- down. To raise the height of the shoulder
the tongue from the buckle. ments for the driver and front passenger. belt, slide the height adjuster up. Pull
Adjust the height of the shoulder belt so down on the height adjuster assembly to
the belt rests across the middle of your make sure it is locked in place.
shoulder.
2-12

WARNING WARNING
Positioning the Shoulder Portion of If the shoulder belt is off your
the Seat Belt: shoulder, under your arm or against
Improper positioning of the shoulder your neck, there is a greater risk of
portion of the seat belt is dangerous. severe injury in a collision.
An improperly positioned belt will
provide little or no protection in
a collision. Always make sure the
shoulder portion of the seat belt is
positioned across your shoulder and
Be sure the belt is properly positioned on near your neck, but never under
your shoulder each time you use the belt. your arm, on your neck, or on your
upper arm.
2-13

J Front Center Seat Belt 4. Adjust belt so that it fits snugly and as tongue to retract fully before trying to
(No Retractor) low as possible around the hips. pull it out again. The lap belts should fit
To unfasten: snugly and as low as possible around the
The lap belt does not adjust automati- hips, not around the waist.
cally. Depress the button on the buckle. Shorten
and fasten the belt when not in use. If you need to lengthen the belt, unfasten
To fasten:
it and repeat the procedure above.
1. Grasp the tongue plate and pull it to J Rear Lap Belts With
the desired length. To lengthen the Retractors To unfasten:
belt, hold the tongue at a right angle Push in the release button prior to open-
The lap belt will adjust automatically.
to the webbing and pull; to shorten, ing the rear door.
pull the loose end of the webbing. To fasten:
2. Insert the tongue into the correct NOTE
Grasp the tongue, and with a continuous
buckle (the buckle closest to the
motion, pull out enough webbing to On 4-door cab plus vehicles, do not
direction the tongue is coming from).
buckle the tongue into the correct open the rear door when the rear seat
3. Pull slightly to ensure a proper con- buckle. If you did not pull out enough
nection. belt is still buckled.
webbing to reach the buckle, allow the
2-14

J How to Untwist or Unjam a

WARNING Seat Belt Retractor
Wearing the Lap Belt: If you should jam the lap belt retractor by
A lap belt worn too high can be dan- allowing the belt to retract when it is
gerous. In a collision, this would twisted, you can free the webbing with
concentrate the impact force directly this procedure:
on the abdominal area, causing seri- 1. Pull on the belt with both hands to
ous injury. Wear the lap belt snugly tighten it on the retractor spool.
and as low as possible.
2. Feed the belt back into the retractor
until it is completely retracted. Repeat
previous step if necessary. J Procedure to Correct a Twisted
3. Pull the belt out of its holder as far as Seat Belt at the D-Ring
it will go and untwist the belt or
remove the object that is jamming the 1. Grasp the belt webbing at the D-ring.
belt. Let the belt retract. (Wire type shown—vehicles with
other types of D-rings also affected.)
4. Then, pull the belt out and let it retract
several times to make sure that the
belt works properly.
2-15

2. Rotate and fold the belt webbing over 4. When completed, the seat belt should J Procedure to Correct a Rotated
itself as required to remove the twist. look like the above figure. Tongue on the Seat Belt
3. Feed the folded portion of the belt 1. Grasp the belt tongue and pull down
through the D-ring. on the belt webbing closest to you to
form a loop through the upper (nar-
row and longer) slot in the tongue.
2-16

J Seat Belt Extender

If your seat belt is not long enough, even
when fully extended, your Authorized
Mazda Dealer can provide you with a
seat belt extender. It is free. The extender
will be only for you and for the particular
vehicle and seat that you choose. When
ordering an extender, only order one that
provides the necessary additional length
to fasten the seat belt properly. Please
contact your Authorized Mazda Dealer
2. Working within the upper slot, rotate 4. Repeat the above steps to complete for more information.
and fold the belt webbing over itself the removal of the twist at the lower
as required to remove the twist. (wider and larger) slot in the tongue.
3. Pull the excess belt webbing back 5. When completed, the seat belt should
through the upper slot in the tongue. look like the second figure on page
2-16.
2-17


Using an Improper Extender: Unnecessary Use of an Extender: Using an Extender That is Too
Using a seat belt extender that is Using a seat belt extender when not Long:
for another person or a different necessary is dangerous. The seat Using an extender that is too long is
vehicle or seat is dangerous. The belt will be too long and not fit prop- dangerous. The seat belt will not fit
seat belt will not provide adequate erly. In an accident, the seat belt properly. In an accident, the seat
protection and the user could be will not provide adequate protec- belt will not provide adequate
seriously injured in an accident. tion and you could be seriously protection and you could be seri-
Only use the extender provided for injured. Only use the extender ously injured. Don’t use the
you and for the particular vehicle when it is required to fasten the seat extender or choose one shorter in
and seat. NEVER use the extender belt properly. length if the distance between the
in a different vehicle or seat. extender’s buckle and the center of
the user’s body is less than 6 inches.
2-18

J Pregnant Women J Seat Belt Maintenance a collision be replaced. However, if the

collision was minor and a qualified tech-
Pregnant women should wear seat belt Inspect the seat belt systems periodically nician finds that the belts do not show
assemblies as recommended by their to make sure they work properly and are damage and continue to operate prop-
doctors. The lap belt should be worn not damaged. Inspect the seat belts to erly, they do not need to be replaced. Seat
SNUGLY AND AS LOW AS POS- make sure there are no nicks, wears or belt assemblies not in use during a colli-
SIBLE. cuts, replacing if necessary. All seat sion should also be inspected and
belt assemblies, including retractors, replaced if either damage or improper
buckles, front seat belt buckle assem- operation is noted.
blies (slide bar) (if equipped), shoulder
belt height adjusters (if equipped), child
safety seat tether bracket assemblies (if
equipped), and attaching hardware,
should be inspected after a collision.
Mazda recommends that all seat belt
assemblies used in vehicles involved in
2-19

that the belts do not show damage

WARNING and continue to operate properly,
Inspecting Seat Belts After a they do not need to be replaced. Seat
Collision: belt assemblies not in use during a
collision should also be inspected
All seat belt assemblies, including and replaced if either damage or
retractors, buckles, front seat buckle improper operation is noted.
support assemblies (slide bar, if so
equipped), shoulder belt height
adjusters (if equipped), child safety
seat tether bracket assemblies (if WARNING
equipped) and attaching hardware
The short plastic boot on the front seat Replace Belt Label:
should be inspected after any colli-
belt at the outboard anchor location If any part of the colored label is
sion. Mazda recommends that all
(Regular Cab, driver; Cab Plus, driver exposed, the belt must be replaced.
seat belt assemblies used in vehicles
and passenger) covers an energy absorb- Failure to do so could result in
involved in a collision be replaced.
ing sew pattern on the seat belt. In the severe personal injuries in a colli-
However, if the collision was minor
event of an accident, the sew pattern may sion.
and a qualified technician finds
release and a colored label (REPLACE
BELT) may become visible. If this (Continued)
occurs, the seat belt must be replaced.
2-20

Child Restraint
You are required by law to use safety restrained in the rear seating positions
restraints for children in the U.S. and than in the front seating positions. WARNING
Canada. If small children ride in your
vehicle (generally children who are four Installing Child Restraint Seats:
years old or younger and who weigh 40 WARNING When installing a child safety seat,
lbs [18 kg] or less), you must put them in be sure to use the correct seat belt
safety seats made especially for chil- Child Restraint Instructions: buckle for that seating position, and
dren. Check your local and state or pro- When using any infant or child make sure the tongue is securely
vincial laws for specific requirements restraint system, it is important that fastened in the buckle. All child
regarding the safety of children in your you follow the instructions and restraint systems are designed to
vehicle. warnings provided by the manufac- be secured in vehicle seats by the
turer concerning its installation and lap portion of a lap-shoulder belt. If
Always follow the instructions and use. Failure to follow each of the you do not properly secure the
warnings that come with any infant or restraint manufacturer’s instructions safety seat to the vehicle, the risk is
child restraint you might use. could increase the risk or severity of greater that a child, occupying the
When possible, always place children an injury in the event of a collision seat during a collision or sudden
under age 12 in the rear seat of your or sudden stop. stop, will be injured. An un-secured
vehicle. Accident statistics suggest that safety seat could also injure other
children are safer when properly passengers in the vehicle.
2-21


Unsecured Restraint System: Holding a Child: Unattended Children:
A child-restraint system that is not A child should never be held on the Leaving children unattended in a
securely fastened down can be dan- lap or in the arms of a passenger in vehicle can be dangerous. In hot
gerous. In a sudden stop or collision, a moving vehicle. No matter how weather, temperatures inside a
it can become a projectile and hit strong a person may be, he or she parked vehicle can become high
someone, causing serious injury. cannot hold a child during an acci- enough to cause brain damage or
When not in use, remove it from the dent. The child may thus be injured even death. Never leave children or
vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt. by hitting parts of the vehicle, by animals unattended in the vehicle.
being crushed by an unrestrained
passenger or even being ejected
from the vehicle.
2-22

J Installing a Child-Restraint
System WARNING WARNING
The front passenger seat lap/shoulder Improperly Secured System: Keep Seatbacks Upright:
belt retractor operates in two modes, Carefully follow all of the manufac- Children should always ride with
emergency locking mode and automatic turer’s instructions that come with the seatback in the fully upright
locking mode. Automatic locking mode the safety seat that you put in your position. When the seatback is not
must be used when installing a child vehicle. Make sure that the shoulder fully upright, there is a greater risk
safety seat on the passenger side seat. belt (if provided at the seating posi- that the child will slide under the
(Refer to ‘‘Passenger Air Bag’’ Warning tion where the safety seat is being seat belt and be seriously injured
on page 2-24.) used) does not cross or rest in front in a collision. Seatbacks should be
of the child’s face or neck. If you do upright for use with child safety
not install and use the safety seat seats.
properly, the child may be injured
in a sudden stop or collision.
WARNING
Center Facing Jump Seats:
Safety seats for children are not
intended for use in center facing
seats.
2-23

WARNING WARNING
Passenger Air Bag: Buckle Release Button:
REAR-FACING INFANT SEATS Always keep the buckle release
SHOULD NEVER BE USED IN button pointing upward and away
THE FRONT SEAT UNLESS THE from the child seat, with the tongue
PASSENGER AIR BAG SWITCH between the child seat and the
IS TURNED TO OFF. When using release button. Failure to follow
forward-facing child seats in the these instructions could result in
front seat, always move the passen- accidental unbuckling of the seat
ger seat as far back from the instru- belt if the child safety seat hits the
ment panel as possible. Failure to When installing a child safety seat, be release button. Release of the seat
follow these warnings could result sure to use the correct belt buckle for belt could result in serious injuries.
in injury to the child. that seating position. Insert the belt
tongue into the proper buckle until you
hear a snap and feel it latch. Make sure
the tongue is securely fastened in the
buckle.
2-24

4. While holding the shoulder and lap 7. Allow the belt to retract. The belt
belt portions together, route the tongue will click as it retracts to indicate it
through the child seat according to is in the automatic locking mode.
the child seat manufacturer’s instruc- 8. Pull the lap belt portion across the
tions. Be sure the belt webbing is not child seat toward the buckle and
twisted. pull up on the shoulder belt while
5. Insert the belt tongue into the proper pushing down on the seat.
buckle (the buckle closest to the 9. Allow the seat belt to retract to
direction the tongue is coming from) remove any slack in the belt.
for that seating position until you 10. Before placing the child in the seat,
hear and feel the latch engage. Make forcibly tilt the seat forward and back
sure the tongue is latched securely by to make sure the seat is securely held
t Front seat passenger position pulling on it. in place.
1. Slide the seat as far back as possible. 6. To put the retractor in the automatic 11. Try to pull the belt out of the retrac-
2. Secure the system with the lap por- locking mode, grasp the shoulder tor to make sure the retractor is in
tion of the lap/shoulder belt. portion of the belt and pull downward the automatic locking mode. (You
until all of the belt is retracted and a should not be able to pull more belt
3. Pull down on the shoulder belt and
click is heard. out.) If the retractor is not locked,
then grasp the shoulder belt and lap
belt together. unbuckle the belt and repeat steps 3
through 10.
2-25

J Attaching Safety Seats With An anchor bracket can be installed on the

Tether Straps rear edge of the front seat cushion. The WARNING
attaching hole is provided in the rear
t General instructions edge of the front passenger seat cushion Tether Attachment:
Some manufacturers make safety seats frame. Use only the tether attachment hole
that include a tether strap that goes over locations. The tether anchorage may
Read and carefully follow the instruc- not perform properly if the wrong
the back of the vehicle seat and attaches tions provided with the kit for installa-
to an anchoring point. Contact the child mounting location is used.
tion of the child tether strap anchor.
seat manufacturer for information about
ordering a tether strap. Follow the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions to attach the tether strap to
You can attach a tether strap anchor the tether bracket.
bracket to the cab inner back panel by WARNING
using a tether anchor kit available at Follow Precautions:
no charge from any Authorized Mazda
Failure to follow these precautions
Dealer.
could increase the chance and/or
A tethered seat can be installed in the severity of injury in an accident.
front seat. Put the tether strap over the
seatback and attach it to an anchor
bracket.
2-26

the webbing of the buckled right

WARNING rear lap belt. Do not install a child WARNING
Center Facing Jump Seats: seat in a center facing jump seat. Test Child Restraints:
Safety seats for children are not
In Cab Plus vehicles equipped with intended for use in center facing Once you have attached the safety
center facing jump seats, the tether seats. seat, test the seat before you place
strap anchor bracket should be the child in it. Tilt the seat from side
installed only at the center of the to side. Also try to tug the seat for-
cab’s back panel with the child seat ward. Check to see if the belt holds
in the front center seating position. the seat firmly in place.
Installing an anchor bracket at the If the safety seat is not anchored
right rear of the cab may increase properly, the risk of a child being
risk of injury to an occupant of the injured in a collision or sudden stop
right rear center facing jump seat greatly increases. Reclining seat-
in the event of a collision or sudden backs should be in the most upright
stop. If a tethered child seat is position for use with child safety
installed in the right front seating seats.
position, secure the tether strap to
(Continued)
2-27

To improve the fit of lap and shoulder J Older Children

belts on children who have outgrown
A child who has outgrown child restraint
WARNING
child safety seats, Mazda recommends
use of a belt-positioning booster seat that systems should use seat belts, both lap Shoulder Belt Positioning:
is labeled as conforming to all Federal and shoulder. If the shoulder belt crosses The child should wear the lap and
motor vehicle safety standards. Belt- the neck or face, use the adjustable shoulder belt only if the shoulder
positioning booster seats raise the child shoulder belt and/or move the child belt portion can be positioned so that
and provide a shorter, firmer seating closer to the center of the vehicle. it does not cross or rest in front of
cushion that encourages safer seating the child’s face or neck. Moving the
posture and better fit of lap and shoulder child closer to the center of the
belts on the child. A belt-positioning WARNING vehicle may help provide proper
booster should be used if the shoulder belt Proper Belt Adjustment: shoulder belt fit.
rests in front of the child’s face or neck, or If the shoulder belt cannot be prop-
if the lap belt does not fit snugly on both If seat belts are not properly worn
and adjusted as described, the risk erly positioned, the child should be
thighs, or if the thighs are too short to let protected by a child restraint system.
the child sit all the way back on the seat of serious injury to the child in a
collision will be much greater. If you do not have a child restraint
cushion when the lower legs hang over system, obtain one immediately. In
the edge of the seat cushion. You may Make sure the seat belt is worn
properly as described in this section. the meantime, move the child to a
wish to discuss the specific needs of your lap belt-only seat position if the
child with your pediatrician. vehicle is so equipped.
2-28

Supplemental Air Bag

Restraint System S Reduce the possibility of injuries in a
WARNING In a front-end accident, the supplemental frontal collision that is not severe
restraint system is designed to provide enough to activate the air bag.
Lap Belt Position: protection in addition to the three-point S Reduce the possibility of being
Lap belts and the lap belt portion seat belt system. Without seat belt usage, thrown from your vehicle.
of lap and shoulder belts should the air bags cannot provide adequate
always be worn snugly and below protection during an accident. Seat belt S Reduce the possibility of injuries to
the hips, touching the child’s thighs. usage is necessary to: lower body and legs during an acci-
dent because the air bag provides no
S Keep the passenger away from an protection to these parts.
inflating air bag.
CAUTION S Hold the driver in a position which
S Reduce the possibility of injuries dur- allows better control of the vehicle.
ing an accident that is not designed for
A seat belt or child restraint can
air bag inflation, such as rollover, side
become very hot in a closed vehicle
or rear collisions.
during warm weather. To avoid
burning yourself or a child, inspect
the seat belt or child restraint before
using.
2-29

The National Highway Traffic Safety

Administration (NHTSA) recommends WARNING WARNING
a minimum of at least 10 inches (25 cm)
between an occupant’s chest and the air Air Bags without Seat Belts: The driver and passenger air bags
bag module. Depending only on the air bags are not designed to restrain occu-
for protection during an accident pants in the center front seating
To properly position yourself away from is dangerous. Alone, air bags position on bench seats. Please
the air bag: may not prevent serious injuries. wear your seat belts.
S Move your seat to the rear as far as The appropriate air bags can be
you can while still reaching the ped- expected to inflate only during a
frontal or near-frontal collision of
als comfortably.
at least moderate force. Vehicle
S Recline the seat one or two notches occupants should always wear seat
from the upright position. belts.
Small children, those under 40 lbs (18

kg), should be protected by a child-re-
straint system (page 2-21).
2-30

S One or more impact and safing sen-

WARNING sors, passenger air bag deactivation
(PAD) switch and diagnostic monitor
Rear-Facing Child Restraint:
When a rear-facing child restraint S Readiness light and tone
is installed on the passenger seat S Electrical wiring which connects the
and the passenger side air bag de- components
activation switch is not in the OFF
position, it is extremely dangerous.
In an accident, the air bag could
inflate and cause serious injuries or
even death to the child in the
rear-facing child restraint. When J System Description
first installing a rear-facing child
The air bag system consists of:
restraint until it is removed, always
set and leave the passenger side air S Driver and passenger air bag modules
bag deactivation switch in the OFF (which include the inflators and air
position. bags)
2-31

J Passenger Air Bag

It is important for front seat passengers’
safety that they remain properly seated
whenever the vehicle is moving. This
means that small children should be
secured in appropriate child safety seats.
All other occupants should sit upright,
with their backs against the seatback, and
restrained by lap and shoulder belts. No
passenger should sit toward the front
edge of the seat, or stand or lean near the
air bag cover (which is near the glove
The driver air bag is mounted in the The passenger air bag is mounted in the box).
center of the steering wheel and remains upper right hand section of the instru-
out of sight until activated. ment panel and remains out of sight
until activated. It is not intended to pro-
vide protection to the center occupant’s
position.
2-32

J Passenger Air Bag

Deactivation Switch WARNING WARNING
Your vehicle is equipped with a front pas- Air Bags and Seat Belts Rear-Facing Child Restraint:
senger side air bag deactivation switch.
The seat belts for the driver and When a rear-facing child restraint
The switch is located at the lower center
right front passenger seating posi- is installed on the passenger seat
of the instrument panel next to the ash-
tions have been specifically de- and the passenger side air bag de-
tray.
signed to function together with the activation switch is not in the OFF
The passenger side air bag should air bags in certain types of crashes. position, it is extremely dangerous.
always be ON (the air bag OFF light When you turn OFF your air bag, In an accident, the air bag could
should NOT be illuminated) unless the you not only lose the protection of inflate and cause serious injuries or
passenger is a person who meets the the air bag, you also may reduce the even death to the child in the
requirements stated either in Category 1, effectiveness of your seat belt sys- rear-facing child restraint. When
2 or 3 of the NHTSA deactivation crite- tem which was designed to work first installing a rear-facing child
ria which follows. with your air bag. If you are not a
person who meets the requirements restraint until it is removed, always
stated in the NHTSA deactivation set and leave the passenger side air
criteria turning OFF the air bag bag deactivation switch in the OFF
can increase the risk of serious position.
injury or death in a collision.
2-33

The vast majority of drivers and passen- in modern vehicles are designed to work NHTSA deactivation criteria
gers are much safer with an air bag than as a safety system with the air bags.
without. To do their job and reduce the 1. Infant – An infant (less than 1 year
Read all air bag warning labels in the old) must ride in the front seat
risk of life threatening injuries, air bags vehicle as well as the other important air
must open with great force, and this because:
bag instructions and warnings in this
force can pose a potentially deadly risk owner’s manual. S the vehicle has no rear seat;
in some situations, particularly when a
front seat occupant is not properly S the vehicle has a rear seat too small to
buckled up. The most effective way to accommodate a rear-facing infant
reduce the risk of unnecessary air bag seat; or
injuries without reducing the overall
safety of the vehicle is to make sure all S the infant has a medical condition
occupants are properly restrained in the which, according to the infant’s phy-
vehicle, especially in the front seat. This sician, makes it necessary for the
provides the protection of seat belts and infant to ride in the front so that the
permits the air bags to provide the addi- driver can constantly monitor the
tional protection they were designed to child’s condition.
provide. If you choose to deactivate your
air bag, you are losing the very signifi-
cant risk reducing benefits of the air bag
and you are also reducing the effective-
ness of the seat belts, because seat belts
2-34

2. Child age 1 to 12 – A child age 1 to 3. Medical condition – A passenger

12 must ride in the front seat because: has a medical condition which, WARNING
S the vehicle has no rear seat; according to his or her physician:
Energy Management Seat Belts
S although children ages 1 to 12 ride in S causes the passenger air bag to pose This vehicle has special energy
the rear seat(s) whenever possible, a special risk for the passenger; and management seat belts for the
children ages 1 to 12 sometimes must S makes the potential harm from the driver and/or right front passenger.
ride in the front because no space is passenger air bag in a crash greater These particular belts are specifi-
available in the rear seat(s) of the than the potential harm from turning cally designed to work with air bags
vehicle; or OFF the air bag and allowing the pas- to help reduce the risk of injury in
S the child has a medical condition senger, even if belted, to hit the dash- a collision. The energy manage-
which, according to the child’s physi- board or windshield in a crash. ment seat belt is designed to give or
cian, makes it necessary for the child release additional belt webbing in
to ride in the front seat so that the some accidents to reduce con-
driver can constantly monitor the centration of force on an occupant
child’s condition. and reduce the risk of injuries to
underlying organs.
(Continued)
2-35

In a crash, if the air bag is turned t To deactivate the passenger

OFF, this energy management seat air bag
belt might permit the person wear- 1. Insert the ignition key, turn the
ing the belt to move forward enough switch to OFF position and hold in
to incur a serious or fatal injury. OFF position while removing the
The more severe the crash, and the key.
heavier the occupant, the greater
the risk is. Be sure the air bag is 2. When the ignition is turned on, the
turned ON for any person who does OFF light illuminates briefly,
not qualify under the NHTSA deac- momentarily shuts off and then turns
tivation criteria. back on. This indicates that the pas-
senger air bag is deactivated.
NOTE
If the yellow peel-off label is still on
the switch, pull the tab to remove it,
and discard it.
2-36

t To activate the passenger air bag

WARNING WARNING 1. Insert the ignition key and turn the
switch to ON.
Light Malfunction: In order to avoid inadvertent
If the light fails to illuminate when activation of the deactivation 2. The OFF light will briefly illuminate
the passenger air bag deactivation switch and the passenger air bag, when the ignition is turned to ON.
switch is in the OFF position and always remove the ignition key This indicates the passenger air bag is
the ignition switch is in ON, have from the passenger air bag deac- operational.
the passenger air bag switch serv- tivation switch.
iced at your Mazda dealer immedi-
ately. The passenger air bag remains OFF until
you turn it back ON.
2-37

The amber OFF light warns the driver

WARNING and any passengers that the passenger air WARNING
bag is turned off. The passenger air bag
Light Malfunction: should be turned off ONLY when a rear- Keep Switch On:
If the light is illuminated when the facing infant seat is installed at the right Keep the passenger air bag turned
passenger air bag deactivation front passenger seat. ON unless there is an infant seat
switch is in the ON position and the installed in the front seat. When the
ignition switch is in ON, have the passenger air bag switch is turned
passenger air bag deactivation OFF, the passenger air bag will not
switch serviced at your Mazda inflate in a collision.
dealer immediately.
2-38

J How the Air Bag Works

WARNING WARNING When air bag crash sensors detect a
Passenger Seated and Restrained: Rear-Facing Child Restraint: greater than moderate frontal impact
If a passenger is not properly seated When a rear-facing child restraint (more severe than hitting a parked vehi-
and restrained, an inflating air is installed on the passenger seat cle of similar size and weight head-on
bag could cause a serious injury or and the passenger side air bag de- at about 28 mph [45 km/h]), an electrical
death. activation switch is not in the OFF current is sent to the inflator and nitrogen
position, it is extremely dangerous. gas is produced to inflate the air bag.
In an accident, the air bag could After the inflation, the bag quickly
inflate and cause serious injuries or deflates.
even death to the child in the
rear-facing child restraint. When
first installing a rear-facing child
restraint until it is removed, always
set and leave the passenger side air
bag deactivation switch in the OFF
position.
2-39

WARNING NOTE WARNING

When an air bag deploys, a loud
Seating Position: Hot Air Bag Inflators:
inflation noise can be heard and
Sitting too close to an air bag stor- some smoke will be released. Nei- Hot air bag inflators are danger-
age compartment or placing hands ther is likely to cause injury. ous. Immediately after inflation,
on it is extremely dangerous. Air the inflators in the steering wheel or
bags inflate with great force and the dashboard are very hot. You
speed. Serious injuries could occur could get burned. Don’t touch the
if someone is sitting too close. The internal components of the air bag
driver should always hold onto only storage areas after the bags have
the rim of the steering wheel. The inflated.
front seat passenger should keep
both feet on the floor. Front seat
occupants should adjust their seats
as far back as possible, always sit
upright against the seat backs and
wear their seat belts properly.
2-40


Modification of the Supplemental Front Air Bag Storage Areas: Air Bag Inspection After a
Restraint System: Attaching an object to a front air Collision:
Modifying the components or wir- bag storage area or placing some- If your Mazda was in a collision
ing of the supplemental restraint thing in front of it is dangerous. In not strong enough to inflate the air
system is dangerous. You could an accident, the object could inter- bag, parts on which the sensors are
accidentally activate it or make fere with front air bag inflation and mounted may be distorted, and
it inoperable. Don’t make any mod- injure the occupants. Always keep without repairs the system may not
ifications to the supplemental the front air bag storage areas free operate when necessary.
restraint system. This includes of objects. Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
installing trim, badges or anything make a very careful inspection of
else over the air bag storage areas. the system.
It also includes installing extra
electric equipment on or near sys-
tem components or wiring.
2-41

J Front Air Bag Activation

A greater than moderate impact will
cause the front air bags to inflate in the
following cases:
1. Hitting a solid wall straight on
at greater than about 14 mph (22
km/h).
2. Frontal impact within about a 30
degree range from head on to the
vehicle.
3. Hitting a curb, pavement edge or
hard material.
4. Driving into a big hole or hitting the
far side of a hole.
5. Landing hard or vehicle falling.
2-42

J Limitations to Front Air Bag

Activation
Depending on the severity of impact,
the front air bags may not inflate in the
following cases:
1. Impacts involving trees or poles
cause severe cosmetic damage but
may not have enough impact to acti-
vate the air bag.
2. Rear-ending or running under a
truck’s tail gate may not provide the
stopping force necessary for air bag
deployment.
3. Frontal offset impact to the vehicle
may not provide the stopping force
necessary for air bag deployment.
2-43

J Non-Activation of Front
Air Bags
Front air bags will not normally inflate
in the following cases:
1. Collision from the rear.
2. Vehicle rollover.
3. Impact to the side.
2-44

J Constant Monitoring
These components are monitored by the
WARNING
air bag system warning light or beeper: System Problems:
S SRS units A problem with the system is indi-
cated by one or more of the follow-
S Air bag modules ing: the readiness light will either
flash or stay lit, or it will not light, or
S Related wiring
a group of five beeps will be heard.
S Warning lights If any of these things happen, the
A diagnostic monitor continuously mon- system may not work in an accident
itors the system’s readiness. This begins and you will lose the enhanced bene-
t Warning light fits of your air bag. Have the air bag
when the ignition is turned on and con-
tinues while the vehicle is being driven. If the air bag system is OK, the warning system serviced at your Authorized
light comes on when the ignition is Mazda dealer immediately.
turned on or after the engine is cranked. Because hidden damage may dis-
After about 6 seconds it goes out. able an air bag system, always have
your air bag system checked after
an accident.
2-45

t Warning beeper
A warning light is the basic method of
WARNING WARNING
reporting the system’s condition. Self-Servicing the Supplemental Removing Interior Parts:
But if the light is out and a malfunction Restraint Systems: Removing the front dashboard, or
occurs, a series of five sets of five beeps Self-servicing or tampering with the steering wheel or parts contain-
will be heard. the supplemental restraint systems ing air bag sensors is dangerous.
is dangerous. An air bag could acci- These parts contain air bags. The
This also signals need for servicing. dentally activate or become dis- air bag could accidently activate
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer at abled. This could cause serious and cause injuries. Always have an
your first opportunity. injuries. Never tamper with the sup- Authorized Mazda Dealer remove
plemental restraint systems and these parts.
These beeps will continue periodically always have an Authorized Mazda
until the reason for the light being out is Dealer perform all servicing and
taken care of. repairs.
Again: If this happens, the system may
not work in an accident.
2-46

J Maintenance
WARNING NOTE
This air bag system is maintenance-free.
But if any of the following occurs, take Should you sell your Mazda, we urge
Air Bag Disposal:
your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda you to tell the new owner it has an air
Improper disposal of an air bag or bag system and that he or she should
a vehicle with live air bags in Dealer as soon as possible.
become familiar with all instructions
it can be extremely dangerous. S Warning light flashes about it in the Owner’s Manual.
Unless all safety procedures are
followed, injury can result. Ask an S Warning light stays on
Authorized Mazda Dealer how to
safely dispose of an air bag or how S Warning light stays off when the igni-
to scrap an air bag equipped tion is turned on and warning beeps
vehicle. sound
S Air bag inflates
2-47

Memo
2-48

Knowing Your Mazda
3 Security takes many forms and is highly necessary to owner and occupants. Section 3 describes the safe
way to use your Mazda: key, locks, windows, and interior lighting.
Key 3- 2 Fuel-Filler Lid 3-23

Door Locks 3- 3 Fuel-Filler Cap 3-24
Power Door Locks 3- 6 Service and Information Labels 3-26
Keyless Entry System 3- 6 Tilt Steering 3-30
Illuminated Entry System 3-11 Horn 3-30
Battery Saver 3-11 Mirrors 3-31
SecuriLockT Passive Interior Light 3-33
Anti-Theft System 3-12 Cargo Shade 3-34
Windows 3-16 Rope Holes 3-35
Power Windows 3-16 Tie-Down Hooks 3-35
Rear Quarter Windows 3-18 Rear Storage Compartment
Tailgate 3-19 With Net 3-36
Hood Release 3-22

Knowing Your Mazda
Key
Also write down the code number and
keep it in another safe and handy place, NOTE
but not in the vehicle. Your Authorized Mazda Dealer can
If your key is lost, consult your Autho- use the code to make new keys if the
rized Mazda Dealer. originals are lost or stolen.
WARNING
Keys and Children:
Leaving small children in a vehicle
Your vehicle has one key that starts your with the ignition key is dangerous.
vehicle, unlocks the doors, and opens the This could result in someone being
glove box. badly injured or even killed. They
could play with power windows or
A code number is stamped on the plate other controls, or even make the
attached to the key set; detach this plate vehicle move. Don’t leave the keys
and store it in a safe place—not in the in your vehicle with small children.
vehicle—for use if you need to make a
replacement key.
3-2

Knowing Your Mazda
Door Locks
S For the passenger’s door, turn the key
clockwise to unlock, counterclock-
wise to lock.
S For optional rear doors, open the
front driver’s or passenger’s door and
then pull the rear door handle toward
you.
S Lift the handle to open an unlocked
door.
If you have an optional spare tire lock, J Outside Door Lock

use this key to remove the lock from the
access hole in the rear bumper. t Locking, unlocking, with key
S Either door can be locked or un-
locked with the key.
S For the driver’s door, turn the key
counterclockwise to unlock, clock-
wise to lock.
3-3

Knowing Your Mazda
NOTE
Always remove the ignition key, close
all windows, and lock all doors when
leaving your vehicle unattended. This
discourages intruders and thieves.
t Locking without key J Inside Door Lock

To lock a door without the key, push the
inside lock button down and close the S To lock any door, push down the lock
door. button.
S To unlock, pull on the inside door
handle.
3-4

Knowing Your Mazda
WARNING WARNING
Unlocked Doors: Unattended Children and Pets:
Unlocked doors in a moving vehicle Leaving a child or an animal un-
can be dangerous. Passengers can fall attended in a parked vehicle can be
out if a door is accidentally opened and dangerous. In hot weather, temper-
can more easily be thrown out in an atures inside a vehicle can become
accident. So keep all doors locked high enough to cause brain damage
when driving. or even death. Always take all chil-
dren and animals with you or leave
a responsible person with them.
S To open, pull on the inside door handle.
3-5

Knowing Your Mazda
Power Door Locks* Keyless Entry System*

S To lock all doors, push the side of the
Power door locks NOTE switch button marked ‘‘LOCK’’.
Always remove the ignition key, close S To unlock all doors, push the side
all windows, and lock all doors when of the switch button marked “UN-
leaving your vehicle unattended. This LOCK”.
discourages intruders and thieves.
This system locks and unlocks the vehicle
doors without using a key. This system
also has a personal alarm feature. The
buttons for the system are located on the
hand-held transmitter that came with
your vehicle. The system can also help
S The power door lock switches are you signal for attention.
located on both doors.
*Some models.
3-6

Knowing Your Mazda
J Unlocking the Doors with the

NOTE
Keyless Entry System
S The keyless entry system is To unlock the driver’s door, press . The
designed to operate up to 33 feet interior lamps will illuminate.
(10 meters) from the receiver, but
this may vary because of local To unlock the other door, press a
conditions. second time within five seconds.
S This system operates only when
the ignition switch is in the OFF
position.
S If there is any potential keyless
entry problem with your vehicle,
ensure ALL key fobs (keyless
entry transmitters) are brought to
CAUTION
the dealership, to aid in trouble- Pressing the transmitter buttons
shooting. excessively beyond the range of the
system will cause the keyless entry
system to malfunction.
3-7

Knowing Your Mazda
J Locking the Doors with the J Keyless Entry Personal Alarm

NOTE
Keyless Entry System Press to activate the personal alarm.
To lock all the doors, press . This will This will honk the horn and flash the This device complies with Part 15
lights for approximately 2 minutes and of the FCC Rules and with RS-210
also arm the factory-installed Anti-Theft
45 seconds. of Industry Canada. Operation is
system. subject to the following two condi-
To confirm that all doors have been To deactivate the alarm press again tions: (1) This device may not cause
locked, press again within 5 seconds. or turn the ignition to ACC or ON. harmful interference, and (2) This
If all doors are completely closed the device must accept any interference
When you press or , the illumi- received, including interference that
doors will lock again, the horn will chirp nated entry system turns on the vehicle’s may cause undesired operation.
and the parking lights will flash. If a door interior lights for 25 seconds. You can
is open or ajar, the horn will give two turn these lights off by pressing or by
short chirps warning you that a door is turning the ignition to the ON or ACC
open. position.
NOTE
Changes or modifications not expres-
sively approved by the party respon-
sible for compliance could void the
user’s authority to operate the equip-
ment.
3-8

Knowing Your Mazda
J Arming and Disarming the J Replacing the Batteries If you notice a significant decrease in
Alarm System with Keyless operating range, the battery should be
The keyless entry transmitter is powered replaced. Replacement batteries can be
Entry by one coin type three-volt lithium purchased at most pharmacies, watch
Your keyless entry system will automati- battery CR2032 or equivalent. Typical stores or at your authorized Mazda
cally arm the factory installed anti-theft operating range will allow you to be up dealer.
system when the doors are locked, and to 33 feet (10 meters) away from your
automatically disarm it when the doors vehicle. A decrease in operating range 1. Twist a thin coin between the two
are unlocked. The remote will also reset can be caused by: halves of the transmitter near the key
the anti-theft alarm (when the driver’s ring. DO NOT TAKE THE FRONT
S weather conditions PART OF THE TRANSMITTER
door is unlocked, or when is pressed)
if it was triggered. S nearby radio towers APART.
The keyless entry system may not arm S structures around the vehicle 2. Remove the battery.
and disarm non-factory installed anti-
S other vehicles parked next to the
theft systems.
vehicle.
3-9

Knowing Your Mazda
J Replacing Lost Transmitters J Programming Transmitters

If a remote transmitter has been lost and To reprogram the transmitters yourself,
you would like to remove it from the place the key in the ignition and turn
vehicle’s memory, or you would like to from OFF to ON eight times in rapid
purchase additional remote transmitters succession (within 10 seconds) ending
and have them programmed to your in ON. After doors lock/unlock, press
vehicle: any control on all transmitters (up to four
possible) within 20 seconds. The doors
S take all your vehicle’s transmitters to will lock/unlock one last time to confirm
your dealer for programming, or completion of program mode. When
completed, switch the ignition to OFF.
S perform the programming procedure Again the doors will lock/unlock one last
3. Install the new battery with the posi- yourself. time to confirm completion of program-
tive (+) side up as marked. ming.
4. Snap the two halves back together. All transmitters must be programmed at
the same time.
3-10

Knowing Your Mazda
Illuminated Entry System Battery Saver

This system will provide illumination of When the ignition is turned off, the
the vehicle’s interior courtesy lights NOTE vehicle will turn off battery voltage to all
when the keyless entry system is used to The inside lights will not turn off courtesy and interior (including cargo)
unlock the door or sound the personal if: lights after 40 minutes.
alarm. The system automatically turns
off after approximately 25 seconds or S they have been turned on with the This will prevent draining of the battery
when the ignition is turned to the START dimmer control or if these lights have been left on inadver-
or ACC positions. On some models, the S any door is open. tently or if a door is not completely
light will turn immediately off when the The battery saver will shut off the closed. Battery voltage to these lights
passenger door is closed. The dome interior lamps 40 minutes after the will be restored when the keyless entry
lamp control (if equipped) must not be ignition has been turned to the OFF transmitter is used, any door is opened,
set to the OFF position for the illumi- position. or the ignition key is turned on again.
nated entry system to operate.
3-11

Knowing Your Mazda
SecuriLockT Passive
Anti-Theft System* detected (vehicle theft situation), the momentary problem if they are too close
The SecuriLockT passive anti-theft vehicle’s engine will not operate. to the key when starting the engine. If a
system provides an advanced level of problem occurs, turn ignition off and
If there is any potential SecuriLockT restart the engine with all other objects
vehicle theft protection. Your vehicle’s anti-theft problem with your vehicle, on the key ring held away from the Secu-
engine can only be started with the two ensure ALL SecuriLockT keys for that riLockT ignition key.
special SecuriLockT electronically vehicle are brought to the dealership, to
coded keys provided with your vehicle. aid in troubleshooting. Spare SecuriLockT keys can be pur-
Each time you start your vehicle, the chased from your dealership and
SecuriLockT key is read by the Securi- The SecuriLockT passive anti-theft sys- programmed to your SecuriLockT
LockT passive anti-theft system. If the tem is not compatible with aftermarket passive anti-theft system. Refer to ‘‘Pro-
SecuriLockT key identification code remote start systems. Use of these sys- gramming spare SecuriLockT keys’’
matches the code stored in the Securi- tems may result in vehicle starting prob- for more information.
LockT passive anti-theft system, the lems and a loss of security protection.
vehicle’s engine is allowed to start. If the Large metallic objects or devices such as If one or both of your SecuriLockT keys
SecuriLockT key identification code the Mobil SpeedpassT on the same key are lost or stolen and you want to ensure
does not match the code stored in the ring as your SecuriLockT key may the lost or stolen key will not operate
system or if a SecuriLockT key is not cause vehicle starting problems. These your vehicle, bring your vehicle and all
objects and devices cannot damage available SecuriLockT keys to your
the SecuriLockT key, but can cause a dealership for reinitialization.
*Some models.
3-12

Knowing Your Mazda
J THEFT indicator The THEFT indicator is controlled by previously programmed SecuriLockT

the SecuriLockT system. During the 30 keys are not available (one or both
The THEFT indicator on the instrument second prearm state, it is normal to see of your original keys were lost or
cluster will operate as follows: the THEFT indicator pulse brighter stolen), you must bring your vehicle to
S When the ignition is OFF, the theft behind the constant glow. your dealership to have the spare Securi-
indicator will flash briefly every 2 LockT key(s) programmed.
J Programming spare
seconds to indicate the SecuriLockT
system is protecting your vehicle. SecuriLockT keys
S When the ignition is turned to ON or Spare SecuriLockT keys can be pur-
START, the THEFT indicator will chased from your dealership and
light for 3 seconds and then go out. If programmed to your SecuriLockT pas-
the THEFT indicator stays on for an sive anti-theft system (up to a total of 8
extended period of time or flashes keys). Your dealership can program your
rapidly, have the system serviced new SecuriLockT key(s) to your vehicle
by your dealership or a qualified or you can do it yourself using the fol-
technician. lowing simple procedure. To program a
new SecuriLockT key yourself, you
will need two previously programmed
SecuriLockT keys (keys that already
operate your vehicle’s engine). If two
3-13

Knowing Your Mazda
J Procedure to program spare new unprogrammed SecuriLockT key 2. Turn ignition to OFF and remove the
SecuriLockT keys to your readily accessible for the procedure. first SecuriLockT key from the
vehicle Please read and understand the entire ignition.
procedure before you begin.
New SecuriLockT keys must have the 3. Within five seconds of turning the
correct mechanical key cut for your 1. Insert the first previously pro- ignition to OFF, insert the second
vehicle. grammed SecuriLockT key into the previously programmed Securi-
ignition and turn the ignition from LockT key into the ignition and turn
Conventional (non-SecuriLockT) keys OFF to ON (maintain ignition in ON the ignition from OFF to ON (main-
cannot be programmed to your vehicle. for at least one second). tain ignition in ON for at least one
second but no more than 5 seconds).
You will need to have two previously
programmed SecuriLockT keys and the
3-14

Knowing Your Mazda
4. Turn the ignition to OFF and remove 6. To program additional SecuriLockT If the programming procedure was not
the second SecuriLockT key from key(s), repeat this procedure from successful, the new SecuriLockT key(s)
the ignition. step 1. will not operate the vehicle’s engine.
The THEFT indicator will flash on
5. Within 10 seconds of turning the If the programming procedure was suc- and off. Wait at least one minute and
ignition to OFF, insert the unpro- cessful, the new SecuriLockT key(s) then repeat the procedure from step 1.
grammed SecuriLockT key (new will start the vehicle’s engine. The If failure repeats, bring your vehicle
key/valet key) into the ignition and THEFT indicator (located on the instru- to your dealership to have the spare
turn the ignition from OFF to ON ment cluster) will light for three seconds SecuriLockT key(s) programmed.
(maintain ignition in ON for at least and then go out.
one second). This step will program
your new SecuriLockT key.
3-15

Knowing Your Mazda
Windows Power Windows*

S To open a window, press down on the
lower portion of the switch.
S To close a window, press down on the
upper portion of the switch.
The door windows can be opened and Each door has a power control that opens
closed by turning the handle crank. and closes the window on that door. The
control switch on the driver’s door oper-
ates both front door windows. The igni-
tion switch must be in ON or ACC to use
the power windows.
*Some models.
3-16

Knowing Your Mazda
J One-Touch Power Window* J Accessory Delay*

When the lower part of the switch is With accessory delay, the window WARNING
pressed completely down and released switches may be used for up to 10 min- Children Playing with Power
quickly, the window will move to its utes after the ignition switch is turned Windows:
fully open position (driver’s side only). to OFF or until either door is opened.
Playing with power windows is dan-
To stop the window before the fully open
gerous. Someone’s hands, head, or
position, press the lower part of the
WARNING neck could get caught in a closing
switch again.
window. They would be seriously
Unintentional Window Operation: injured or even killed. Don’t let
Unintentional window operation can children play with power windows.
be dangerous. A person’s hands, head,
or neck could be caught by the win-
dow and result in serious injury. Un-
less a passenger needs to operate a
window, keep the power window main
switch in the locked position.
*Some models.
3-17

Knowing Your Mazda
Rear Quarter Windows*

S To open a window, pull the latch
inward and then push the window
outward.
S To close it, pull the latch inward and
then push it backward until it snaps
shut. Make sure the window is
securely closed.
Open or close the swing-out rear quarter The sliding rear window has only one
windows by releasing the latch and sliding portion.
moving the window.
*Some models.
3-18

Knowing Your Mazda
Tailgate
To open the window, push the center When the tailgate is open, the tailgate
portion of the latch handle toward the load should not exceed 500 lbs (227 kgs).
glass and slide the window to the right. If you want to load heavy items on your
To close the window, slide the window vehicle, you should load them one at a
to the left and push the latch handle back time, directly on the bed floor, to avoid
to the left. Check for proper latching by damage to the tailgate or its supports.
gently tugging the latch handle to the
right without pressing the release portion
of the latch.
To open the tailgate, pull the handle

toward you. The connecting cables will
hold the gate in a straight-open position.
When closing the gate, make sure the
lock is secure.
3-19

Knowing Your Mazda
1. Lower the tailgate partially.

WARNING 2. Support it to allow slack in both
Riding in the Truck Bed: cables.
Riding in the truck bed, on the bum- 3. Use a coin or similar object to pry the
per, or on the tailgate, whether it’s spring clip (on each upper cable con-
open or closed, is dangerous. Some- nector) past the head of the support
one doing this could be injured or screw. This will allow you to discon-
killed during a sudden stop or acci- nect the loop of the connector cable
dent. Camper type covers of any from the support screw.
kind offer no real protection from
these dangers and may trap poison- 4. Do the same on the other side.
ous exhaust fumes. They should If there is no rear step-bumper and you
5. Lower the tailgate carefully.
only be occupied when the vehicle is want to let the tailgate hang freely, here’s
parked without the engine running. what to do:
Never allow anyone to ride outside
the passenger compartment.
3-20

Knowing Your Mazda
illustration) and lift the right side of the

NOTE tailgate off its hinge. You can now pull
Step-bumpers or hitches may damage the left side of the tailgate away from the
the tailgate if it is lowered completely. left hinge.
J Tailgate Installation
Reattach the cables in the reverse order
of removal. 1. First, insert the left side of the tailgate
into the left hinge and raise it to a
45 degree angle; next, insert the right
side into the right hinge.
2. Support the tailgate to allow slack in
J Tailgate Removal the cables and reattach the cables one
at a time.
First, release the tailgate as described
previously. Be sure to support the left
side to prevent it from falling. Then,
raise the tailgate to a 45 degree angle (see
3-21

Knowing Your Mazda
Hood Release
WARNING
Tailgate Open While Driving:
Do not drive your truck with the
tailgate open unless there is a load
holding it in place. Without a load,
a bump in the road or rough terrain
could make the tailgate bounce and
disconnect from your truck. The
loose tailgate could be damaged and
could endanger other motorists.
1. Pull down the release handle located 2. Slide the safety catch to the left and
below the steering column. lift the hood.
3-22

Knowing Your Mazda
Fuel-Filler Lid
To close the hood:
S Check out the underhood area to make
certain all filler caps are in place
and that all loose items have been
removed.
S Close the hood so that it locks
securely.
S Attempt to lift the hood after closing
it to be sure it is securely latched.
3. Use the support rod to hold the hood To open the fuel-filler lid, pull it open
open. with your finger.
Before closing the hood, secure the rod
in its clip.
3-23

Knowing Your Mazda
Fuel-Filler Cap
WARNING WARNING
Fuel Tank Pressure: Fuel Vapor:
Pressure sometimes builds up in the Fuel vapor can be hazardous. Before
fuel tank. If this happens and the refueling, stop the engine. Always
fuel cap is removed quickly, fuel keep sparks and flames away from
can spray out. Fuel can burn skin the filler neck.
and eyes and cause illness when
ingested. The fuel system may be
under pressure. If the fuel filler cap
is venting vapor or if you hear a
hissing sound, wait until it stops Your fuel filler cap has an indexed
before completely removing the design with a one-eighth turn on/off fea-
fuel filler cap. ture.
When fueling your vehicle:
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Carefully turn the filler cap counter-
clockwise 1/8 of a turn until it stops.
3-24

Knowing Your Mazda
3. Pull to remove the cap from the fuel

filler pipe. CAUTION
4. To install the cap, align the tabs on the Use only a designated Mazda fuel
cap with the notches on the filler cap or an approved equivalent, avail-
pipe. able at Authorized Mazda Dealers.
5. Turn the filler cap clockwise 1/8 of a The wrong cap can result in a serious
turn until it stops. malfunction of the fuel system and
the emission control system and may
If the CHECK ENGINE indicator void the customer warranty for any
comes on and stays on when you start damage to the fuel tank and/or fuel
the engine, the fuel filler cap may not system.
be properly installed. Turn off the
engine, remove the fuel filler cap and
reinstall it being careful to align the
cap properly.
3-25

Knowing Your Mazda
Service and Information

Labels
Service and information labels are
attached to the sunvisors, passenger
seat belt and the radiator support in the
engine compartment.
This label appears on the driver sun-
visor in the stowed position.
3-26

Knowing Your Mazda
This label appears on the driver sun-

visor in the stowed position. For the
passenger air bag, this label appears on
the passenger side sunvisor in the
stowed position.
This label appears on the passenger side

seat belt ends.
3-27

Knowing Your Mazda
This label will be on the driver’s and

passenger’s sunvisor.
3-28

Knowing Your Mazda
This label is located on the radiator sup-

port shield in the engine compartment.
3-29

Knowing Your Mazda
Tilt Steering* Horn

3. Tilt the wheel up or down.
4. Release the lever to lock the wheel in
place.
Be sure the steering wheel locks in a
notch. It is not infinitely adjustable.
Do not adjust the steering wheel while
the vehicle is in motion.
The tilt steering feature allows you to To sound the horn, firmly press the cen-
adjust the steering wheel up or down. ter of the horn pad in the center of the
To change the position of your vehicle’s steering wheel.
steering wheel: Inspect the horn’s operation regularly.
1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Pull the release lever toward you.
*Some models.
3-30

Knowing Your Mazda
Mirrors
To adjust your mirrors:
1. Select A to adjust the left mirror
or " to adjust the right mirror.
2. Move the control in the direction you
wish to tilt the mirror.
3. Return to the center position to lock
mirrors in place.
If you have a folding outside mirror,
it will fold flat against the vehicle
when pushed toward it. Mirrors should
J Outside Mirrors t Power outside mirrors*
be folded rearward into the body posi-
Check the mirrors’ angles before driving. This switch controls the adjustments for tion before entering automatic car wash
both right and left outside mirrors. systems.
t Manual outside mirrors
Adjust the mirrors by hand.
*Some models.
3-31

Knowing Your Mazda
CAUTION WARNING
Do not clean the plastic housing Convex Mirror:
of any electric mirror with gasoline What you see in the convex mirror
or other petroleum-based cleaning (passenger’s side) will be closer than
products. it appears. If you don’t remember
this when changing lanes, you could
hit a vehicle. Be sure to look over
CAUTION your shoulder or to check your
inside mirror before changing lanes.
The mirrors stop moving when they
reach the maximum adjusting angle. J Day/Night Mirror
But the motor continues rotating
while the switch is on. Do not leave Adjust the inside mirror to center on the
the switch on. Do not leave the switch scene through the rear window. Do this
on unnecessarily. with the day/night lever in the day posi-
tion.
3-32

Knowing Your Mazda
Interior Light
Push the lever away from you for day S To turn off the interior light, turn the
driving. Pull it back to reduce glare from thumbwheel down until you hear a
headlights at night. click.
S When the driver’s or passenger’s door
WARNING is open, the interior light also comes
on.
Blocked View:
The interior lights will shut off after
Cargo stacked higher than the 25 seconds with all the doors closed, or
seatbacks can be dangerous. It can immediately when the ignition switch is
block your view in the rearview turned to the START position, or if the
mirror, which might cause you to vehicle speed is above five mph (8 km/h).
hit another car when changing J Without Map Light* The interior lights will turn off after
lanes. Don’t stack things higher 40 minutes if any of the doors are left
than the seatbacks. S To turn on the interior light, turn the
thumbwheel to the right of the head- open. Refer to the Battery Saver earlier
light switch up until you hear a click. in this section for more details.
*Some models.
3-33

Knowing Your Mazda
Cargo Shade*
S To turn on the interior light, turn the
thumbwheel to the right of the head-
lamp switch up until you hear a click.
S To turn off the interior light, turn
the thumbwheel down until you hear
a click.
S When the driver’s or passenger’s door
is open, the interior light also comes
on.
J With Map Light* The shade is for added security—hiding

objects when the vehicle is parked. It will
S To turn on the right-hand side map keep some things from flying around the
light, slide the switch to the right. cab when in an accident, but it is best to
secure heavy items in the cargo bed rather
S To turn on the left-hand side map than leaving them in the cab itself.
light, slide the switch to the left.
*Some models.
3-34

Knowing Your Mazda
Rope Holes Tie-Down Hooks*

To extend the shade:
1. Grasp the end of the shade and pull it
toward you.
2. Hook the sides of the outstretched
shade to latch in the side trim panel
notches behind the front seat.
WARNING
Cargo Shade:
The cargo shade will keep some light
items from flying forward and strik- There are four holes inside the bed. Your vehicle may have tie-down hooks
ing the occupants in some collisions, inside the bed. To prevent damage to
Use them to help secure a load with ropes. your vehicle, secure a load with ropes
so it is better to attach it. The cargo
net is an even better way to secure and the tie-down hooks.
smaller items. Heavy items should
be secured in the cargo box rather
than in the cab at all while driving.
*Some models.
3-35

Knowing Your Mazda
Rear Storage Compartment

With Net*
Your vehicle may have a small storage

compartment which is located on the
back panel. This compartment has a net
which will secure small objects.
*Some models.
3-36

Protecting Your Mazda
4 Most people like to save money. With a vehicle, that can be done in several ways from its first day of
operation. Probably tops on the list of cost-efficiency is using the right kind of fuel and using that fuel
conservatively.
Section 4 explains how to do this. Further, it discusses proper loading and how to respond to unusual
driving conditions. It also illustrates where important vehicle information labels may be found.
Fuel Requirements 4- 2
Emission Control System 4- 7
Engine Exhaust 4- 8
Before Driving 4- 9
Break-In Period 4-10
Money-Saving Suggestions 4-11
Special Driving Conditions 4-12
Trailer Towing Loading 4-24
Trailer Towing Load Tables 4-28
Vehicle Information Labels 4-36

Fuel Requirements
Vehicles with catalytic converters must Your vehicle was not designed to use rating (anti-knock index) of at least 87
use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL, which fuel or fuel additives with metallic com- [(R+M)/2 method].
will reduce exhaust emissions and keep pounds, including manganese-based
spark plug fouling to a minimum. compounds containing MMT. Fuel with a lower rating could cause the
emission control system to lose effective-
If your vehicle is a flexible fuel vehicle Repairs to correct the effects of using a ness. It could also cause engine knocking
(FFV), use only UNLEADED FUEL fuel for which your vehicle was not and serious engine damage.
and ETHANOL (E-85). The use of designed may not be covered by your
leaded fuel and methanol is prohibited warranty. U.S. federal law requires that octane
by law and could damage your vehicle. ratings be posted on gasoline station
Your Mazda will perform best with pumps.
Do not use fuel containing methanol. regular unleaded fuel having an octane
It can damage critical fuel systems com-
ponents.
4-2

alcohol blended at no more than 10%

WARNING CAUTION ethanol.
Misusing Automotive Fuels: NEVER USE LEADED FUEL. Gasoline containing alcohol, such as
Automotive fuels can cause serious It is harmful to the catalytic con- ethanol or methanol, may be marketed
injury or death if misused or mis- verter. The lead will accumulate on under the name ‘‘Gasohol’’.
handled. To minimize the risk that the oxygen sensor and the catalyst
you will be injured please read the inside the converter.
following information carefully and This will result in a malfunction of
CAUTION
observe the recommended precau- the emission control system, causing Your vehicle can only use oxygen-
tions. poor performance. ated fuels containing no more than
10% ethanol by volume. Damage to
Gasoline blended with oxygenates such your vehicle may occur when ethanol
WARNING as alcohol or an ether compound are gen- exceeds this recommendation, or if
the gasoline contains any methanol.
erally referred to as oxygenated fuels.
Overfilling Tank: The common gasoline blend that can be Stop using any kind of gasohol at a
Do not overfill the fuel tank. If you used with your vehicle is ethanol or grain sign of driving problems.
do, the pressure may cause leakage
which can lead to spray and fire.
4-3

J Cleaner Air
CAUTION Mazda approves the use of reformulated
CAUTION
Add only fuel system cleaning “cleaner-burning“ gasolines to improve U.S. government regulations require
agents that Mazda has specified, or air quality. These gasolines may contain fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to
the equivalent. Others may damage oxygenates up to 10% ethanol or 15% have a small, square, orange and
the system. Consult an Authorized MTBE. black label with the common
Mazda Dealer. abbreviation E85 or the appropriate
J FFV engine* percentage for that region. Use of
Vehicle damage and driveability prob- Your vehicle is designed to use Fuel other fuels such as Fuel Methanol
lems resulting from using the following Ethanol (E85), “Regular” unleaded gas- may cause powertrain damage, a
may not be covered by the manufac- oline or any percentage of the two fuels loss of vehicle performance, and
turer’s warranty: combined. your warranty may be invalidated.
S Gasohol containing more than 10%
ethanol FFV fuel tanks may contain zero to 85
percent or more of ethanol. Any fuel
S Gasoline or gasohol containing meth-
blends containing gasoline and ethanol
anol
should be treated the same as fuel etha-
S Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol nol (E85).
*Some models.
4-4

Your FFV will operate well on ordinary J Running Out of Fuel

“Regular” unleaded gasoline, but only CAUTION Avoid running out of fuel because this
the highest quality fuel ethanol will pro-
vide the same level of protection and Flexible fuel components and stan- situation may have an adverse affect on
performance. dard unleaded gasoline fuel compo- modern powertrain components.
nents are not interchangeable. If
If you are experiencing a rough or rolling If you have run out of fuel:
your vehicle is not serviced in accor-
idle after start-up with the outside tem- dance with flexible fuel vehicles S You may need to crank the engine
perature above 27_C (80_F), the idle procedures, damage may occur and several times after refueling before
should improve within 10 to 30 seconds. your warranty may be invalidated. the system starts to pump the fuel
If the problems persist below this tem- from the tank to the engine.
perature, see your dealer or a qualified
service technician. S Your Check Engine light may
come on. For more information on
the Check Engine light, refer to
WARNING “Malfunction Indicator Light (page
5-62).”
Fuel ethanol may contain benzene,
which is a cancer-causing agent.
4-5

WARNING CAUTION CAUTION

Replacement Fuel Caps: When refueling always shut the The flow of fuel through a fuel pump
If you lose the fuel cap, replace it engine off and never allow sparks or nozzle can produce static electricity,
with one that is an authorized open flames near the filler neck. which can cause a fire if fuel is
Mazda service part or an equivalent Never smoke while refueling. Fuel pumped into an ungrounded fuel
part. If you do not use the proper vapor is extremely hazardous under container.
fuel filler cap, excessive pressure or certain conditions. Care should be
vacuum in the fuel tank may dam- taken to avoid inhaling excess
age the fuel system or cause the fuel fumes.
system to work improperly in a col-
lision, which may result in possible
personal injury.
4-6

Emission Control System

Use the following guidelines to avoid Your vehicle is equipped with an emis-
static build-up when filling an un- sion control system (the catalytic con- WARNING
grounded fuel container: verter is part of this system) that enables
your vehicle to comply with the U.S. Parking Over Things That Burn:
S Place approved fuel container on the exhaust emissions requirements. Parking over or near anything in-
ground. flammable, such as dry grass, is dan-
Under U.S. federal law, any modifica-
S DO NOT fill a fuel container while it tion to the original-equipment emission
gerous. Even with the engine turned
is in the vehicle. off, the exhaust system could ignite
control system before the first sale and it because the exhaust system gets
S Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact registration of a vehicle is subject to very hot in normal use. A resulting
with the fuel container while filling. penalties. In some states, such modifi- fire could cause serious injury
cation made on a used vehicle is also or death. Don’t park over or near
S DO NOT use a device that would subject to penalties.
hold the fuel pump handle in the fill anything inflammable.
position.
4-7

Engine Exhaust
S Don’t operate the engine at high
CAUTION idle for more than 5 minutes. WARNING
Ignoring the following precautions S Don’t tamper with the emission Engine exhaust, some of its constit-
could cause lead to accumulate on control system. All inspection uents, and certain vehicle compo-
the catalyst inside the converter or and adjustments must be made by nents contain or emit chemicals
cause the converter to get very hot. a qualified technician. known to the State of California to
Either condition will damage the S Don’t try to push-start or pull- cause cancer, and birth defects or
converter and cause poor perfor- start your vehicle. other reproductive harm.
mance.
S USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL. Lumination of the charging system
S Don’t drive your Mazda with any warning light or CHECK ENGINE light,
sign of engine malfunction. fluid leaks, strange odors, smoke or loss
S Don’t coast with the ignition of oil pressure could indicate that the
switch turned off. emission control system is not working
properly.
S Don’t descend steep grades in
gear with the ignition switch
turned off.
(Continued)
4-8

Before Driving
S If the engine is run in a closed J Before Getting In
WARNING area, such as a garage, exhaust S Be sure the windows, outside mir-
Engine Exhaust: gas can easily enter the passen- ror(s) and outside lights are clean.
ger compartment. Don’t run the
Engine exhaust contains carbon S Inspect inflation pressures and con-
engine in closed areas.
monoxide, which is dangerous to dition of tires.
inhale. It can even kill. S When the vehicle is stopped for
long in an open area with the S Look under the vehicle for any sign
S Carbon monoxide is colorless and engine running, adjust the heat- of a leak.
odorless. If you smell exhaust ing or cooling system to draw air S If you plan to back up, make sure
fumes of any kind inside your inside. nothing will be in your way.
Mazda, immediately consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer. S Snow under a vehicle that is
stopped with the engine running NOTE
If you must drive even though can trap exhaust gas. This gas
you smell fumes, keep all win- has fumes containing CO (car- Engine oil, engine coolant, brake
dows fully open, no matter how bon monoxide) that can enter fluid, clutch fluid, washer fluid, and
cold the weather is. the passenger compartment and other fluid levels should be inspected
(Continued) kill anyone in it. Be sure to clear daily, weekly, or at refueling, depend-
away snow from beneath and ing on the fluid. See Maintenance,
around your vehicle. Section 8.
4-9

Break-In Period
J After Getting In No special break-in is necessary, but a S Avoid full-throttle starts.
few precautions in the first 1,000 miles
S Are all doors closed and locked? (1,600 km) may add to the performance, S Don’t tow a trailer during the vehicle’s
economy, and life of your Mazda. first 500 miles (800 km) (page 4-19).
S Are the inside and outside mirrors
adjusted? S Don’t race the engine. S Wheel lug nuts must be retightened
to proper torque specifications at
S Is everyone’s seat belt fastened? S Avoid unnecessary hard stops. 500 miles (800 km) of new vehicle
S Do all the lights work? The break-in period for new brake linings operation.
lasts for 100 miles (160 km) of city driv-
S Check all gauges. ing or 1,000 miles (1,600 km) of highway S Use only the type of engine oil
driving. recommended in this guide.
S Check all warning lights when the
— Do not use special “break-in”
ignition switch is in the ON position.
oils.
S Release the parking brake and make
sure the brake warning light goes off.
Always be thoroughly familiar with your
Mazda.
4-10

Money-Saving Suggestions
How you operate your Mazda deter- S Use the air conditioning only when S Slow down when driving in cross-
mines how far it will travel on a tank of necessary. winds and headwinds.
fuel. Use these suggestions to help save
money on fuel and repairs. S Slow down on rough roads. S (4x4)
Four-wheel drive operation is not
S Avoid long warm-ups. Once the S Keeps the tires properly inflated. recommended on dry pavement.
engine runs smoothly, begin driving. S Don’t carry unnecessary weight. Driving in 4WD HIGH or 4WD
LOW will cause:
S Avoid fast starts. S Don’t rest your foot on the brake
pedal while driving. — Unnecessary noise;
S Keep the engine tuned. Follow the
— Unnecessary tire and component
maintenance schedule (page 8-4) and S Keep the wheels in correct align- wear;
have an Authorized Mazda Dealer ment.
perform inspections and servicing. — Higher fuel consumption.
S Keep windows closed at high speeds.
4-11

Special Driving Conditions

J Hazardous Driving S Consider using one of the lower
WARNING When driving on ice or in water, snow,
gears.
Coasting: mud, sand, or similar hazards: S If you get stuck, use 1 (First) or 2
Turning off the engine to coast (Second) gear and accelerate slowly.
S Be cautious and allow extra distance Don’t spin the rear wheels.
down a hill can be dangerous. This for braking.
causes the loss of power steering S For more traction when starting, use
and power brake control. Any loss S Avoid sudden braking and quick sand, rock salt, chains, carpeting, or
of steering or braking control could steering. other non-slip material under the rear
cause an accident. Never turn off wheels.
S Brake with the pedal by using a light
the engine and coast down a hill.
up-down motion. Don’t constantly
(4x4)
hold the pedal down.
Besides these instructions, starting in
S To stop on ice, shift to N (Neutral)
4-wheel drive may be best.
when the vehicle is moving below
10 mph (16 km/h) and gently pump
the brakes.
4-12

t Limited slip differential rear axle*

WARNING WARNING This axle provides added drive away
Downshifting on Slippery Rear Antilock Brake System: traction on slippery surfaces, particu-
Surfaces: larly when one or more wheels is on a
The rear antilock brake system surface with poor traction.
Downshifting into 1 (First) gear may not prevent brake lock-up on
with a manual transmission or into extremely slippery surfaces. Rear
L (Low) with an automatic trans- brake lock-up may also occur while WARNING
mission while driving on slippery driving in 4-wheel drive because the
surfaces could be dangerous. The transfer case couples the front and Limited Slip Differential Rear Axle:
sudden change in tire speed could rear axles together. To avoid injury from vehicles equip-
cause the tires to skid. This could ped with a limited slip differential
lead to loss of vehicle control and rear axle, never run the engine with
an accident. If it is necessary to one wheel off the ground, such as
downshift on slippery surfaces, be when changing a tire. The wheel
very careful. still on the ground could cause the
vehicle to move.
*Some models.
4-13

J Rocking the Vehicle J Wheel Spin

If you must rock the vehicle to free it
WARNING S Extreme acceleration can cause the
from snow, sand, or mud, depress the Spinning the Wheels: rear wheels to spin, possibly result-
accelerator slightly and . . . When the vehicle is stuck, spinning ing in reduced steering control.
With an automatic transmission, pull the wheels at high speed could be S If the wheels spin, use 2 (Second) to
the shift lever toward you and gently dangerous. The spinning tire could gain traction. Move forward slowly
move the selector back and forth from overheat and explode. This could and evenly. If this does not work, try
fD (Drive) to R (Reverse) being careful cause serious injuries. Don’t spin rocking the vehicle.
not to put it into P (Park). the wheels at more than 35 mph
(56 km/h), and don’t allow anyone S For 4x4 vehicles, try engaging
With a manual transmission, shift to stand behind a wheel when push- 4-wheel drive to drive away.
back and forth from 1 (First) to R ing the vehicle.
(Reverse) using the clutch.
(4x4)
Besides these instructions, starting in
CAUTION
4x4 may be best. Too much rocking may cause engine
overheating, transmission failure,
and tire damage.
4-14

J High Speed Driving result of this limiting device. This is S Use washer fluid made with anti-
a normal condition that can be avoided freeze—but don’t use engine coolant
by reducing vehicle/engine speed. antifreeze for washer fluid. (page
WARNING 8-36)
J Winter Driving
High Speed Driving: S Don’t use the parking brake if it might
Mazda recommends obeying posted S Carry emergency gear, including tire freeze. Instead, shift to P (Park) with
speed limits. Driving too fast for chains, a window scraper, flares, a an automatic transmission and to 1
conditions is dangerous and creates small shovel, jumper cables, and a (First) or R (Reverse) with a manual
the possibility of loss of vehicle con- small bag of sand or salt. transmission. Block the rear wheels.
trol and resulting personal injury. S Have the proper ratio of antifreeze in
Driving at very high speeds for t Snow tires
the radiator. (page 8-23)
extended periods of time, under Don’t go faster than 75 mph (120 km/h)
some circumstances, may result in S Inspect the battery and its cables. Cold or the posted speed limit. Inflate snow
damage to vehicle components. reduces battery capacity. (page 8-40) tires 4 psi (27.5 kPa) more than rec-
S Use only cold-weather engine oil. ommended on the tire pressure label
Your vehicle is equipped with an engine (page 8-16) (driver’s door frame), but never more
speed (RPM) limiting device. If you than the maximum cold-tire pressure
S Inspect the ignition system for dam- shown on the tires.
are experiencing an “Engine Cut-Out” age and loose connections.
condition at high speed, this may be a
4-15

t Tire chains
WARNING Check local regulations before using CAUTION
Snow Tires: chains. S Chains may scratch or chip alu-
Snow tires used with regular tires Use only SAE Class “S” chains, and minum wheels. Install tire chains
should be the same size and type as make sure they fit. on steel wheels only.
the regular tires. If radial tires are Installing the chains S Chains may affect handling.
mixed with non-radials, or if tires S Don’t go faster than 30 mph
of different sizes are installed, the Follow the chain manufacturer’s instruc- (50 km/h) or the chain manu-
safety and handling of your vehicle tions. facturer’s recommended limit,
may be adversely affected. Make Secure the chains on the rear tires as whichever is lower.
sure snow tires and regular tires are tightly as possible; retighten them after S Drive carefully and avoid bumps,
all the same size and type. driving 1/4-1/2 mile (1/2-1 kilometer). holes, and sharp turns.
Don’t use chains on the front tires. S Avoid locked-wheel braking.
S Don’t use chains on the tempo-
NOTE rary tire; it may result in damage
to the vehicle and to the tire.
Check out local regulations before
using studded tires. (Continued)
4-16

S Avoid fully loading your light J Driving Through Water Once through the water, always try the
truck if possible. brakes. Wet brakes do not stop the
vehicle as effectively as dry brakes. Dry-
S Remove the chains at the first CAUTION ing can be improved by moving your
opportunity after using them on vehicle slowly while applying light pres-
snow and ice. Don’t use the chains Make sure water does not enter the sure on the brake pedal.
on dry roads. vehicle interior or the engine area. Driving through deep water where the
The vehicle interior could become transmission is submerged may allow
J Snowplowing wet or the engine could be damaged. water into the transmission and cause
Do not use this vehicle for snowplowing. internal damage.
Do not drive quickly through standing
J Driving on Sand water, especially if the depth is Replace rear axle lubricant any time the
unknown. Traction or brake capability axle has been submerged in water. The
When driving over sand, try to keep all may be limited and if the ignition system rear axle does not normally require a
four wheels of the vehicle on the most gets wet, your engine may stall. Water lubricant change for the life of the
solid area of the trail. may also enter your engine’s air intake vehicle. Rear axle lubricant quantities
Do not reduce the tire pressures but shift and severely damage your engine. are not to be checked or changed unless
to a lower gear and drive steadily through If driving through deep or standing water a leak is suspected or repair is required.
the terrain. is unavoidable, proceed very slowly.
Apply the accelerator slowly and avoid Never drive through water that is higher
spinning the wheels. than the bottom of the hubs.
4-17

J Driving on Hills When descending a steep hill avoid J Trailer Towing

sudden braking. Rapid pumping of the
When driving on a hill, avoid driving Your Mazda was designed and built pri-
brake pedal will help slow the vehicle
crosswise or turning on steep slopes. marily to carry passengers and cargo.
and still maintain steering control.
You could lose traction and slip side-
ways. Drive straight up, straight down or If cruise control cancels after climbing If you must tow a trailer, read the follow-
avoid the hill completely. the hill, reset speed by pressing and holding instructions and any trailer manufac-
ing the SET ACCEL button to resume turer instructions because driver and
Know the conditions on the other side of passenger safety depends on proper
a hill before driving over the crest. speeds over 50 km/h (30 mph).
equipment and safe driving habits. Tow-
When climbing a steep hill, start in a Automatic transmissions may shift fre- ing a trailer will affect handling, braking,
lower gear, rather than downshifting to a quently while driving up steep grades. durability, performance, and economy.
lower gear after the ascent has started. Eliminate frequent shifting by shifting
This reduces strain on the engine and the out of fD (Overdrive) into D (Drive). Never overload vehicle or trailer. Con-
sult an Authorized Mazda Dealer if you
possibility of stalling. need further details.
4-18

t No Trailer Towing During Vehicle t Tires

Break-in When towing a trailer, make sure all tires WARNING
are inflated to the recommended cold- Using a Temporary Spare When
CAUTION tire pressure, as indicated on the tire pres- Towing:
sure chart on the driver’s door frame.
Using a temporary spare tire on
Don’t tow a trailer during the first Trailer tire size, load rating, and inflation your vehicle when towing a trailer
500 miles (800 km) of driving your pressures should conform to tire manu- could result in tire failure, loss of
new Mazda. If you do, you may facturer specifications. control, and injury to vehicle occu-
damage the engine, transmission, pants. Never use a temporary spare
differential, wheel bearings, and when towing.
other powertrain components.
4-19

t Safety chains t Fuel consumption Mazda recommends that you DO NOT

Safety chains must be used as a precau- make modifications such as adding or
Trailer towing causes higher fuel con- removing parts (like lowering or lifting
tionary measure in case the trailer sumption.
becomes unintentionally unhitched. kits, stabilizer bars or snowplowing
They should cross under the trailer t Suspension Modifications equipment) or by using replacement parts
tongue and attach to the vehicle frame or non-equivalent to the original factory
The suspension and steering systems on equipment.
hook retainers. Leave enough slack to your vehicle have been designed and
allow full turns. Consult literature pub- tested to provide predictable perfor-
lished by your trailer or hitch manufac- mance (whether loaded or empty) as
turer for more details. well as durable load carrying capability.
Any modifications to the suspension
CAUTION or steering systems can reduce your
Never attach chains to the bumper. vehicle’s performance capability and
adversely affect driver and passenger
safety.
4-20

t Exhaust System Modifications Overheated Engine

Your vehicle’s engine coolant protects
WARNING the engine from overheating in the sum-
mer and from freezing in the winter.
Exhaust System Modifications: Check the level of the engine coolant at
Modifying your vehicle exhaust least once a month. Look at the engine
system is dangerous. Exhaust gas coolant recovery reservoir located in the
entering the vehicle could kill you. engine compartment. If the coolant level
When mounting the trailer hitch, is low, add a 50/50 mixture to the engine
make no modifications to the vehi- coolant recovery reservoir. Only add a
cle exhaust system. Regularly mixture specified by Mazda.
check the exhaust system for any Temperature Gauge For further information, refer to ‘‘Over-
leaks. Leaks under or near the cab
Constantly monitor the coolant tem- heating’’ on page 6-3.
or under a camper-covered bed are
dangerous. Pay close attention to perature gauge. The extra weight of the
possible leaks around the mounting trailer may strain the engine on hot days
bolts. and on long or steep upgrades.
4-21

t Maintenance Use a weight carrying hitch and ball for

If you tow a trailer frequently, have your towing trailers up to 2,000 lbs. (907 kg). CAUTION
vehicle serviced as shown in Scheduled Use a frame-mounted weight distributing
hitch for trailers over 2,000 lbs. (907 kg). S Examine all trailer hitch mount-
Maintenance (Schedule II/Special Operat- ing bolts regularly and tighten
ing Conditions, page 8-8). When not towing a trailer, remove the any that are loose. If the hitch
t Trailer hitch trailer hitch (if detachable). is removed, seal any open mount-
The optional step bumper has a built-in ing holes to prevent exhaust,
Use only a hitch ball recommended by dust, water, dirt, and other for-
the trailer manufacturer that conforms to hitch and only requires a ball with a 3/4
inch shank diameter. The step bumper eign elements from filtering in
the gross trailer weight requirement. and possibly endangering per-
Make sure the hitch is securely attached has a Class I capability (2,000 lb/907 kg
trailer weight and 200 lb/91 kg tongue sonal safety and damaging your
to prevent the danger of trailer sway vehicle.
from crosswinds, rough roads, or other weight).
S Don’t install a trailer hitch that
causes. will nullify the function of the
bumper. If it is necessary to
relocate the trailer hitch ball,
a frame-mounted trailer hitch
must be installed.
4-22

t Trailer brakes t Trailer lights

The braking system of the tow vehicle is WARNING Trailer lights must meet all federal, state,
rated for operation at the gross vehicle Hydraulic Trailer-Brake System: and local regulations.
weight rating (GVWR), not the gross
combined weight rating (GCWR). For Connecting a hydraulic trailer-brake
system directly to the vehicle brake
further information, refer to ‘‘Trailer
system will result in inadequate CAUTION
Towing Loading’’ on page 4-24.
braking and possible injury. Don’t Don’t connect a trailer lighting sys-
If the total trailer weight exceeds connect a hydraulic trailer-brake
tem directly into the lighting system
1,500 lbs. (680 kg), trailer brakes are system to your vehicle’s brake system.
of your Mazda. This may damage
required.
your vehicle’s electrical system and
If your trailer has brakes, check that they lighting systems. Have a recreational
work and make sure they meet all fed- vehicle dealer or trailer rental agency
eral, state, and local regulations. connect the system, and inspect the
brake lights and turn signals before
driving each time this is done.
4-23

Trailer Towing Loading

hitch, truck passengers, and vehicle
WARNING load. Never allow the total trailer
weight to exceed specifications in the
Loaded vehicles, with a higher cen- Trailer Towing Load Table.
ter of gravity, may handle differ- S The maximum GCWR is the com-
ently than unloaded vehicles. Extra
precautions, such as slower speeds bined weight of the trailer and load
and increased stopping distance, plus the towing vehicle (including
should be taken when driving a trailer hitch, truck passengers, and
heavily loaded vehicle. load). It must not exceed specifica-
tions in the load table.
Your vehicle has the capability to haul GAWR and GVWR
more cargo and people than most pas-
senger cars. Depending upon the type TTW and GCWR Don’t exceed front and rear GAWR
and placement of the load, hauling (gross axle weight rating) and GVWR
The total trailer weight (TTW), gross
people and cargo may raise the center of (gross vehicle weight rating). If you do,
combined weight rating (GCWR), gross
gravity of the vehicle. vehicle handling, braking, and perfor-
axle weight rating (GAWR), trailer load,
mance will be affected.
and trailer tongue load must be within
the prescribed limits. These values are listed on your Mazda’s
S The total trailer weight is the sum Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard
of the weights of the trailer load certification label posted on the driver’s
(trailer weight plus cargo), trailer door pillar.
4-24

Maximum permissible trailer load t Tongue load

The maximum permissible trailer load is Trailer tongue load is part of the passen-
WARNING
determined by subtracting the towing ger and cargo load. Trailer Loading:
vehicle weight (including trailer hitch,
vehicle passengers, and load) from the t Weight limits Loading the trailer with more
maximum GCWR in the load table. weight in the rear than in the front
is dangerous. Doing so could cause
High-altitude operation NOTE you to lose control. The trailer
In a high-altitude operating environ- The total trailer weight and tongue tongue load must be 10%-15% of
ment, a gasoline engine loses power at a load can be determined by weighing the trailer load (sum of the weights
rate of 3% to 4% per 1,000 ft; (304 m) of the trailer on platform scales at a of the trailer and cargo). Try to load
elevation. In these conditions, a reduc- highway weigh station or a trucking the trailer with the weight about
tion in gross vehicle weight and gross company. Avoiding overloading will 60% toward the front and 40%
combined weight is recommended. help to prevent the danger of trailer toward the rear.
sway from crosswinds, rough roads,
NOTE or other causes.
For high-altitude operation, reduce

GCW by 2% per 1,000 ft (304 m) of
elevation.
4-25

J Overloading The Certification Label, found on the

WARNING If you don’t overload your vehicle,
inside pillar of the driver’s door, lists
several important vehicle weight rating
Tow Loads: you’ll get better service from it. It’s been limitations. Before adding any addi-
Attempting to tow loads greater designed for loads not to exceed the tional equipment, refer to these limita-
than those specified may cause Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) tions. If you are adding weight to the
serious handling and performance or the maximum Front and Rear Axle front of your vehicle, (potentially
problems that could result in per- Weight Ratings (GAWRs) specified including weight added to the cab), the
sonal injury or vehicle damage, or on the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety weight added should not exceed the
both. Always keep tow loads within Standard label on the left door frame. Front Axle Reserve Capacity (FARC).
specified limits. Always distribute cargo evenly over the Additional frontal weight may be added
floor of the cargo area. If you have a to the front axle reserve capacity pro-
heavy load that’s concentrated, center it vided you limit your payload in other
in the cargo area. ways (i.e. restrict the number of passen-
gers or amount of cargo carried).
Once you reach the weight capacity,
don’t load more, even if you have the
room for it.
4-26

You may add equipment throughout and Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating lim-
your vehicle if the total weight added is its. Under no circumstance should these WARNING
equal to or less than the Total Axle limitations be exceeded. Exceeding any
Reserve Capacity (TARC) weight. You vehicle weight rating limitation could Vehicle Load Weight:
should NEVER exceed the Total Axle result in serious damage to the vehicle The gross axle weight rating (GAWR)
Reserve Capacity. and/or personal injury. and the gross vehicle weight rating
(GVWR) of your vehicle are on the
Always ensure that the weight of passen- Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-
gers, cargo and equipment being carried dard Label on the driver’s door frame.
is within the weight limitations that have Exceeding these ratings can cause
been established for your vehicle includ- an accident or vehicle damage. You
ing both Gross Vehicle Weight and Front can estimate the weight of your load
by weighing the items (or people)
before putting them in the vehicle. Be
careful not to overload your vehicle.
4-27

Trailer Towing Load Tables

4x2 Manual Transmission 4x2 Manual Transmission
Regular Cab Cab Plus
Model Rear Axle Maximum Maximum Model Rear Axle Maximum Maximum
Ratio GCWR Trailer Ratio GCWR Trailer
Weight Weight
(0-Max.) (0-Max.)
2.5L 3.73 4,800 lbs. 0-1,580 lbs. 2.5L 3.73 4,800 lbs. 0-1,380 lbs.
(2,177 kg) (0-717 kg) (2,177 kg) (0-626 kg)
2.5L 4.10 4,800 lbs. 0-1,580 lbs. 2.5L 4.10 4,800 lbs. 0-1,380 lbs.
(2,177 kg) (0-717 kg) (2,177 kg) (0-626 kg)
3.0L 3.73 6,000 lbs. 0-2,660 lbs. 3.0L 3.73 6,000 lbs. 0-2,460 lbs.
(2,721 kg) (0-1,207 kg) (2,721 kg) (0-1,116 kg)
4.0L 3.55 7,000 lbs. 0-3,620 lbs. 3.0L 4.10 6,000 lbs. 0-2,400 lbs.
(3,175 kg) (0-1,642 kg) (Troy Lee) (2,721 kg) (0-1,089 kg)
4.0L 3.55 7,000 lbs. 0-3,420 lbs.
(3,175 kg) (0-1,551 kg)
4-28

4x4 Manual Transmission 4x4 Manual Transmission

Weight Weight
(0-Max.) (0-Max.)
3.0L 3.73 6,000 lbs. 0-2,400 lbs. 3.0L 3.73 6,000 lbs. 0-2,200 lbs.
(2,721 kg) (0-1,089 kg) (2,721 kg) (0-998 kg)
3.0L 4.10 6,000 lbs. 0-2,400 lbs. 3.0L 4.10 6,000 lbs. 0-2,200 lbs.
(2,721 kg) (0-1,089 kg) (2,721 kg) (0-998 kg)
4.0L 3.73 7,000 lbs. 0-3,320 lbs. 4.0L 3.73 7,000 lbs. 0-3,120 lbs.
(3,175 kg) (0-1,506 kg) (3,175 kg) (0-1,415 kg)
4.0L 4.10 7,000 lbs. 0-3,320 lbs. 4.0L 4.10 7,000 lbs. 0-3,120 lbs.
(3,175 kg) (0-1,506 kg) (3,175 kg) (0-1,415 kg)
4-29

4x2 Automatic Transmission 4x2 Automatic Transmission

Weight Weight
(0-Max.) (0-Max.)
2.5L 4.10 5,500 lbs. 0-2,180 lbs. 2.5L 4.10 5,500 lbs.
—
(2,494 kg) (0-989 kg) (2,494 kg)
3.0L 3.73 7,500 lbs. 0-4,120 lbs. 3.0L 3.73 7,500 lbs. 0-3,920 lbs.
(3,401 kg) (0-1,869 kg) (3,401 kg) (0-1,778 kg)
4.0L 3.55 9,500 lbs. 0-6,080 lbs. 3.0L 4.10 7,500 lbs. 0-3,860 lbs.
(4,309 kg) (0-2,758 kg) (Troy Lee) (3,401 kg) (0-1,751 kg)
4.0L 3.55 9,500 lbs. 0-5,880 lbs.
(4,309 kg) (0-2,667 kg)
4-30

4x4 Automatic Transmission 4x4 Automatic Transmission

Weight Weight
(0-Max.) (0-Max.)
3.0L 3.73 7,500 lbs. 0-3,860 lbs. 3.0L 3.73 7,500 lbs. 0-3,680 lbs.
(3,401 kg) (0-1,751 kg) (3,401 kg) (0-1,669 kg)
3.0L 4.10 8,000 lbs. 0-4,360 lbs. 3.0L 4.10 8,000 lbs. 0-4,180 lbs.
(3,628 kg) (0-1,978 kg) (3,628 kg) (0-1,896 kg)
4.0L 3.73 9,500 lbs. 0-5,780 lbs. 4.0L 3.73 9,500 lbs. 0-5,580 lbs.
(4,309 kg) (0-2,622 kg) (4,309 kg) (0-2,531 kg)
4.0L 4.10 9,500 lbs. 0-5,780 lbs. 4.0L 4.10 9,500 lbs. 0-5,580 lbs.
(4,309 kg) (0-2,622 kg) (4,309 kg) (0-2,531 kg)
4-31

t Trailer-towing tips S Make sure the trailer cargo is secure Servicing

The three main causes of vehicle-trailer to prevent it from shifting.
If you tow a trailer for a long distance,
accidents are driver error, excessive speed, S Make sure the mirrors meet all gov- your vehicle will need to be serviced
and improper trailer loading. ernment regulations. Inspect them more frequently.
Before driving regularly.
S Verify that your Mazda maintain a S Before starting out, inspect the
near-normal attitude when a loaded or operation of all vehicle and trailer
unloaded trailer is connected. Don’t lights and all vehicle-to-trailer lights
drive if it has an abnormal front-up and all vehicle-to-trailer connections.
or front-down position. Inspect for Stop and reinspect all lights and con-
incorrect tongue load, worn suspen- nections after driving a short distance
sion parts, and trailer overloading. (about 50 miles [80 km]).
Have the vehicle inspected by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
4-32

Driving S Avoid sudden braking. It may cause 4x2 models:

loss of control and result in jack- S Selector in “D” (Drive)
S Your Mazda will handle differently
knifing, especially on wet or slippery
with a trailer in tow, so practice
roads. 4x4 models:
turning, backing, and stopping in a
traffic-free area. S Avoid abrupt starts and fast accelera- S Selector in “D” position
tion. Start in 1 (First) gear and gradu-
S Take time to get accustomed to the S 4x4 indicator light off
ally release the clutch pedal (manual
extra weight and length.
transmission) at low engine speed to These positions will allow operating the
S Never drive faster than 45 mph prevent clutch slippage. vehicle without frequent down-and-up-
(72 km/h) when you tow in hilly shifting.
S With an automatic transmission, use
country on hot days.
the following positions when towing S With a 5-speed overdrive manual
S Allow more room between your a trailer in hilly terrain or when transmission don’t use overdrive gear
vehicle and the one in front because heavily loaded. for trailer towing. Shift as though you
braking distance increases with a were driving a vehicle with a 4-speed
trailer. For each 10 mph (16 km/h) of transmission.
speed, allow at least one vehicle and
trailer length behind the vehicle
ahead.
4-33

Passing
S Plan well ahead to pass other vehi-
cles, and provide plenty of room
when changing lanes.
S Crosswinds from passing vehicles,
especially larger ones, and the effects
of rough roads will affect handling.
If swaying occurs, firmly grip the steer-
ing wheel and reduce speed immedi-
ately, but gradually.
Lane changes and turning Backing up
Steer straight ahead. If no extreme cor-
S Avoid quick lane changes, sudden rection of steering or braking is made, S Backing a vehicle with a trailer
turns, and tight turns. Avoid sudden the combination of less speed and firm requires practice and patience. Back
braking. steering will result in stability. slowly, and have a helper outside at
S A turning trailer will make a tighter the rear of the trailer.
arc than the tow vehicle. Compensate
with turns that are larger than normal.
4-34

S To turn the trailer, place your hand at Parking S With the chocks in place, release the
the bottom of the steering wheel and S Always make sure the tires of the brake pedal, making sure the chocks
turn it in the direction you want the trailer and the tow vehicle are blocked are holding.
trailer to go. Make only slight move-
ments to prevent sharp turns of the
while parked. S For automatic transmissions—apply
trailer. S Apply the parking brake and put the the parking brake by pressing the
transmission in 1 (First) or R (Reverse) brake pedal down firmly with your
Ascending a hill (manual) or in P (Park) (automatic). right foot while applying the parking
S Shift into a lower gear to reduce the brake pedal with your left foot.
Parking on an incline
possibility of overloading or over- S For manual transmission—apply the
heating the engine, or both. S Avoid parking on an incline, but if service brake and shift into N (Neu-
Descending a hill you must, follow these instructions. tral) while still maintaining pressure
on the brake pedal. Set the parking
S Shift into a lower gear and use engine S Apply the brake pedal and hold it. brake fully.
compression as a braking effect. Pay S Have another person place wheel
constant attention to speed and use S Shift an automatic transmission into
chocks under the trailer wheels. P (Park). Put the gearshift of a manual
the brakes only as needed. Holding
the brake pedal down for a prolonged transmission in R (Reverse).
period may cause the brakes to over-
heat and lose power.
4-35

Vehicle Information Labels

To restart after parking on an incline: 3. Shift into gear. Vehicle Identification Number
1. Apply the brake pedal and hold it. 4. Release the parking brake (also the
2. With the transmission in P (Park) foot brake on vehicles with automatic
(automatic) or with the clutch de- transmissions) and move the vehicle
pressed (manual), start the engine. uphill to free the wheel chocks. Stop
(With an automatic transmission, be and apply the foot brake.
sure to depress and hold the brake 5. Have a helper retrieve the chocks.
pedal.)
The vehicle identification number

legally identifies your vehicle. It’s on a
plate attached to the left top side of the
dashboard. This plate can easily be seen
through the windshield.
4-36

Federal Motor Vehicle Vehicle Emission Control

Safety Standard Information Label*
NOTE
Tire inflation pressure information
is included on the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard Label.
*Includes Vacuum Hose Routing

Diagram for California.
4-37

Memo
4-38

Driving Your Mazda
5 Operating your vehicle requires a good understanding of the many controls you must know and use.
Section 5 describes all this in step-by-step information from use of the ignition switch to cruise control
and braking.
Also highlighted are the gearshift and shifting modes, use of 4-wheel drive, power steering, instruments
and gauges, warnings and indicators, windshield wipers, and interior features. You’ll find complete
details about the advanced audio system too.
Ignition Switch Positions 5- 2 Windshield Wipers and Washer 5-68
Preparing to Drive Your Vehicle 5- 6 Lighter 5-70
Starting the Engine 5- 7 Power Point 5-70
Using the Engine Block Heater 5-12 Ashtray 5-71
The Fuel Pump Shut-Off Switch 5-13 Glove Box 5-71
Manual Transmission Operation 5-14 Center Console 5-72
Automatic Transmission 5-18 Cupholders 5-72
4-Wheel Drive System – Sunvisors 5-74
Electronic Shift Control 5-24 Vanity Mirror 5-74
Brake System 5-36 Climate Control Systems 5-75
Power Steering 5-46 Radio Reception 5-86
Cruise Control 5-47 AM/FM Radio 5-90
Instrument Clusters 5-52 AM/FM Radio with Cassette Player 5-91
Gauges 5-54 AM/FM Radio with Compact
Dashboard Illumination 5-58 Disc Player 5-92
Warning Lights/Beeps 5-59 AM/FM Radio with Cassette and
Lighting Control 5-65 Compact Disc Player 5-93
Driving Your Mazda
Ignition Switch Positions

The key returns to the ON position once J LOCK
the engine is started and remains in this
position while the engine runs. The steering wheel locks to protect
against theft. Only in this position can
J START the key be removed. If your key is stuck
in the LOCK position, move your steer-
The engine is started in this position. It ing wheel left or right.
will crank until you release the key; then
it returns to ON. The brake warning light J OFF
can be checked in the START position.
In the OFF position you can shut off the
J ACC (Accessory) engine and all accessories without lock-
ing the steering wheel, or the automatic
J ON The steering wheel unlocks and some transmission selector lever.
electrical accessories will operate.
The warning lights (except the brake
warning light) can be inspected before
the engine is started.
5-2

Driving Your Mazda
NOTE
If turning the key is difficult, jiggle
the steering wheel from side to side.
WARNING
Removing the Key:
It’s dangerous to remove the key
from the ignition switch while the
t Manual transmission t Automatic transmission vehicle is moving. Removing the
key allows the steering wheel to
When turning the ignition switch to the When turning the ignition switch to the lock. You will lose steering control
LOCK position, push the key in at ACC. LOCK position, keep the selector lever and a serious accident could occur.
In order to turn the key from ON or OFF at P (Park). Remove the key only when the
to the ACCESSORY position, you must vehicle is parked.
push the key release button since your
vehicle’s manual transmission selector
lever is mounted on the floor.
5-3

Driving Your Mazda
J Key Removal
WARNING WARNING Procedures for removing your key from
Parking Brake: Locking the Gearshift Selector Lever: the ignition will vary, depending on the
The anti-theft steering column lock LOCK does not lock the gearshift type of ignition your vehicle has. Gear-
is not a substitute for the parking selector lever on the steering column shift selector levers may be mounted
brake. Before leaving the driver’s or floor-mounted gearshifts. If the on the steering column or on the floor
seat, always make sure the gearshift parking brake is not set and the console.
selector lever is at P (Park) with an gearshift is moved out of P (Park) If the vehicle’s gearshift selector lever
automatic transmission or in 1 (First) (automatic transmission) or out of is mounted on the column:
with a manual transmission; set the gear (manual transmission), your 1. Put the gearshift selector lever in
parking brake fully AND stop the vehicle may move unexpectedly and P (Park).
engine. Unexpected and possibly injure someone.
sudden vehicle movement may occur 2. Set the parking brake fully before
if these precautions aren’t taken. removing your foot from the service
brake. (This will avoid ‘‘binding’’ or
NOTE
‘‘loading’’ the park gear if you park
If a door is open and the key is in the on a grade.)
ignition switch when the engine is 3. Turn the ignition key to LOCK.
off, a warning sounds.
4. Remove the key.
5-4

Driving Your Mazda
If the vehicle’s gearshift selector lever brake fully AND shut off the
is mounted on the floor: WARNING engine. Unexpected and possibly
1. Put the gearshift selector lever in Safety Procedures: sudden vehicle movement may
1 (First). occur if these precautions are not
S Removing the key from the igni- taken.
2. Set the parking brake fully by press- tion switch locks the steering.
If removed while driving, loss S Never reach for the ignition switch
ing down with your left foot before through the steering wheel; it
removing your right foot from the of steering control will occur
which could result in an acci- could suddenly turn, causing
service brake. serious injury.
dent. Remove the key only when
3. Turn the ignition key to OFF. parked.
4. Push in the key release button until it S The anti-theft steering column J Testing the Warning Lights
catches and stays in. lock is not a substitute for the Before you start your vehicle, you should
parking brake. Before leaving the test the warning lights on the dashboard
5. Turn the key to LOCK. driver’s seat, always make sure to make sure that they work. Turn the key
6. Remove the key. the gearshift selector lever is in to the ON position. All the warning lights
P (Park) with an automatic trans- except the brake warning light should
mission or 1 (First) with a man- light up. If any of them do not, have the
ual transmission; set the parking bulb and circuit checked.
(Continued)
5-5

Driving Your Mazda
Preparing to Drive
If your brake warning light does light up Your Vehicle at speeds as high as passenger
with the key in the ON position, you may cars any more than low-slung
not have fully released the parking brake sports cars are designed to per-
or the brake fluid may be low. WARNING form satisfactorily under off-
The key must be in the START position, road conditions. Avoid sharp
S Utility vehicles have a signifi-
which cranks the engine, to test the brake turns, excessive speed and
cantly higher rollover rate than
warning light. If the brake warning light abrupt maneuvers in these
other types of vehicles.
does not light up, have the bulb and cir- vehicles. Failure to drive cau-
S In a rollover crash, an unbelted tiously could result in an
cuit checked.
person is significantly more increased risk of vehicle roll-
After starting the engine, check all the likely to die than a person wear- over, personal injury and death.
warning lights to make sure that they are ing a seat belt.
S Loaded vehicles, with a higher
off. When you release the parking brake, S Vehicles with a higher center of center of gravity, may handle
the brake warning light should go off. gravity such as utility and four- differently than unloaded ve-
wheel drive vehicles handle dif- hicles. Extra precautions, such
ferently than vehicles with a as slower speeds and increased
lower center of gravity. Utility stopping distance, should be
and four-wheel drive vehicles taken when driving a heavily
are not designed for cornering loaded vehicle.
(Continued)
5-6

Driving Your Mazda
Starting the Engine

Your vehicle has special design and Your vehicle has the capability to haul When starting a fuel-injected engine,
equipment features to make it capable of more cargo and people than most pas- avoid pressing the accelerator before or
performing in a wide variety of circum- senger cars. Depending upon the type during starting. Only use the accelerator
stances. These special design features, and placement of the load, hauling when you have difficulty starting the
such as larger tires and increased ground people and cargo may raise the center of engine.
clearance, give the vehicle a higher cen- gravity of the vehicle.
ter of gravity than a passenger car. A computer system controls the engine’s
Use extra caution while becoming famil- idle revolutions per minute (RPM).
iar with your vehicle. Know the capabili- When the engine starts, the idle RPM
ties and limitations of both you as a runs faster to warm the engine. If the
driver and your vehicle. engine idle speed does not slow down
automatically, have the vehicle checked.
Do not allow the vehicle to idle for more
than ten minutes at high engine RPM.
5-7

Driving Your Mazda
J Preparing Your Vehicle If there is difficulty in turning the key,

WARNING 1. Occupants should fasten their seat
firmly rotate the steering wheel left and
right until the key turns freely. This
Exhaust Fumes: belts. condition may occur when:
Do not start your vehicle in a closed 2. Make sure your headlights and other
garage or any other enclosed area. accessories are turned off when start- S front wheels are turned
Exhaust fumes can be toxic. Always ing. S front wheel is against the curb
open the garage door before you 3. Make sure the parking brake is on.
start the engine. S steering wheel is turned when getting
4. Manual Transmission—Push the in or out of the vehicle.
clutch pedal to the floor.
Keep the pedal to the floor while
starting the engine.
Automatic Transmission—Place
the gearshift selector lever in P (Park).
5. Turn the key to ON without turning
the key to START.
5-8

Driving Your Mazda
J Starting Your Vehicle 2. Release the key as soon as the engine

starts. Excessive cranking could dam- NOTE
1. Turn the ignition switch to START
without pressing the accelerator pedal. age the starter or flood the engine. Whether cold or warm, the engine
After starting the engine, let it idle should be started without use of the
NOTE for a few seconds. accelerator except when noted in this
Keep your foot on the pedal and put section.
The starter will not operate . . . the gearshift lever in gear. Release
S If the gearshift selector lever is the parking brake. Slowly release the
not in P (Park) or N (Neutral) brake pedal and drive away in the
(automatic), or normal manner.
S If the clutch pedal is not pushed
down all the way (manual).
5-9

Driving Your Mazda
t If the engine doesn’t start 3. When the engine starts, release the
S If the temperature is above 10_F key, then release the accelerator WARNING
(–12_C) and the engine does not pedal gradually as the engine speeds
up. Engine Idling Speed:
start within five seconds on the
first try, turn the key to OFF, wait If the engine idling speed does not
4. After idling for a few seconds, apply slow down automatically, do not
ten seconds and try again. the brake and release the parking allow your vehicle to idle for more
S If the temperature is below 10_F brake. than ten minutes. Have the vehicle
(–12_C) and the engine does not 5. If the engine still does not start, checked. Extended idling at high
start in fifteen seconds on the first the fuel pump shut-off switch may engine speeds can produce very high
try, turn the key OFF and wait ten have been triggered and needs to be temperatures in the engine and
seconds and try again. If the reset. exhaust system, creating the risk of
engine does not start in two fire or other damage to the vehicle
attempts, press the accelerator and possibly resulting in personal
pedal 1/3 to 1/2 of the way to the injury.
floor and hold. Turn the key to
START.
5-10

Driving Your Mazda
rience increased cranking times, rough Cold starting performance can also be
NOTE idle or hesitation until the engine has improved with the use of an engine block
Engine noise (from valve tappets) warmed up. Consult your fuel distributor heater. The engine block heater is avail-
may occur if the engine has not been for the availability of winter grade able as a Mazda option and can also be
operated for an extended period. (Ed 85) ethanol. obtained from your Mazda dealer. Con-
sult the engine block heater section for
The noise should stop after the High-quality blends of winter grade proper use of the engine block heater.
engine has reached normal operating (Ed 85) ethanol will produce satisfactory
temperature. If the noise does not cold weather starting and driving results. If you should experience cold weather
stop, have the vehicle inspected by However, fuel composition varies, and starting problems on (Ed 85) ethanol,
an Authorized Mazda Dealer. sub-optimal winter grade blends could and neither an alternative brand of
produce increased cranking times, rough (Ed 85) ethanol nor an engine block
Cold weather starting (Flexible Fuel idle or hesitation at temperatures below heater is available, the addition of
Vehicles Only)* 0_F (–18_C). If you experience this unleaded gasoline to your tank will
condition you may find that a different improve cold starting performance.
As the outside temperature approaches brand of winter grade (Ed 85) (if avail- Your vehicle is designed to operate on
freezing, ethanol fuel distributors should able in your area) improves the perfor- (Ed 85) ethanol alone, unleaded gasoline
supply winter grade (Ed 85) ethanol mance of your vehicle. alone, or any mixture of the two.
(same as with unleaded gasoline). If
summer grade (Ed 85) ethanol is used in
cold weather conditions, you may expe- *Some models.
5-11

Driving Your Mazda
Using the Engine Block

If the engine fails to start using the Heater*
preceding instructions:
Engine block heaters are strongly rec-
WARNING
1. Press the accelerator pedal 1/3 to 1/2 ommended if you live in a region where Ungrounded Connections:
of the way to floor and hold. temperatures reach –10_F (–23_C) or Do not use your heater with un-
below consistently during the winter grounded electrical systems or two-
2. Turn the key to START position.
months. An engine block heater warms pronged (cheater) adapters. You can
3. When the engine starts, release the the engine coolant, which improves be injured by an electrical shock if
key, then release the accelerator starting, warms up the engine faster, and you use an ungrounded connection.
pedal gradually as the engine speeds allows the heater-defrost system to
up. respond quickly.
For best results, plug the heater in at least
4. If the engine still fails to start, repeat If you have this option, use it whenever three hours before you start your vehicle.
steps one through three. the temperature is –10_F (–23_C) or
below.
5. After the engine starts, hold your foot
on the brake pedal, put the gearshift
lever in gear and release the parking
brake. Slowly release the brake pedal
and drive away in a normal manner.
*Some models.
5-12

Driving Your Mazda
The Fuel Pump Shut-Off

Using the heater for longer than three Switch
hours will not damage the engine, so you
can plug it in at night to start your vehicle If the engine cranks but does not start or
the following morning. does not start after a collision, the fuel
pump shut-off switch may have been
triggered. The Fuel Reset indicator light
NOTE will illuminate in the instrument cluster.
The shut-off switch is a device intended
Be sure to disconnect the engine block to automatically stop the fuel pump
heater before driving your vehicle. when your vehicle has been involved in
a substantial jolt.
Once the shut-off switch is triggered,
you must reset the switch by hand before The shut-off switch is located behind
you can start your vehicle. the lower right trim panel under the
instrument panel.
5-13

Driving Your Mazda
Manual Transmission
3. If no fuel leak is apparent, reset the Operation
WARNING switch by pushing in the red button on
the switch. If the button is already set,
Fuel Pump Shut-Off Switch: you may have a different mechanical
If you see or smell fuel, do not reset problem.
the switch or try to start your vehicle.
You could injure yourself or others. 4. Turn the ignition key ON for a few
Have all the passengers get out of seconds, then turn it OFF.
the vehicle and call the local fire 5. Make a further check for leaks in the
department or a towing service. system. If you see or smell fuel, do
not start your vehicle again. If you
If your engine cranks but does not start do not see or smell fuel, you can try
after a collision: to start your vehicle again.
1. Turn the key in the ignition to OFF. 6. Check all vehicle warning lights J Manual Transmission Shift
2. Check the fuel system for leaks. before driving your vehicle. Pattern
The gearshift for a manual transmission
is mounted on the floor. The gearshift
pattern consists of seven positions: Neu-
tral, five forward gears and reverse.
5-14

Driving Your Mazda
Press the clutch pedal all the way down

while shifting; then release it slowly. CAUTION WARNING
Keep your foot off the clutch pedal Do Not Abuse the Clutch:
NOTE except when shifting gears. Also, Do not abuse the clutch. Continued
Make sure the vehicle is stopped don’t use the clutch to hold the vehicle use of a damaged or worn clutch,
before shifting to R (Reverse). Wait on an upgrade. This will avoid need- prolonged clutch slippage or down-
at least 3 seconds before shifting into less clutch wear and damage. shifting at excessive speeds can
R (Reverse) to prevent a ‘‘grinding’’ result in an explosion of the engine,
noise. Do not release the clutch. With the 5-speed transmission you can transmission or clutch components,
engage R (Reverse) only by moving the resulting in potential serious per-
gearshift from the left of 3 (Third) and sonal injury.
4 (Fourth) gears before you shift into
R (Reverse). This is a special lockout
feature that protects you from acciden-
tally shifting into R (Reverse) when you
downshift from Overdrive ( f D) gear.
5-15

Driving Your Mazda
J Recommendations for Shifting Upshifts: Normal Accelerating Upshifts: Cruising Conditions

(Recommended for Best Fuel Economy) (Recommended for Best Fuel Economy)
t Upshifting
Transfer Case Position Transfer Case Position
For normal acceleration, we recommend Upshift Upshift
from: 2H or 4H* 4L from: 2H or 4H* 4L
these shift points.
First to 10 mph 4 mph First to 10 mph 4 mph
Second (16 km/h) (6 km/h) Second (16 km/h) (6 km/h)
NOTE
Second to 22 mph 9 mph Second to 19 mph 8 mph
Shifting during extremely low rpms Third (35 km/h) (14 km/h) Third (30 km/h) (13 km/h)
can result in a momentary audible Third to 33 mph 13 mph Third to 28 mph 12 mph
rattle which disappears as vehicle Fourth (53 km/h) (21 km/h) Fourth (43 km/h) (19 km/h)
rpms are increased. Shifting at higher
speeds will eliminate this sound. Fourth to 41 mph 17 mph Fourth to 40 mph 16 mph
Overdrive (66 km/h) (27 km/h) Overdrive (64 km/h) (26 km/h)
*Use the following for 4x2 applications. *Use the following for 4x2 applications.
5-16

Driving Your Mazda
t Downshifting Maximum Downshift Speeds t Parking

(For Overdrive*)
When you must slow down in heavy To park your vehicle, apply the service
traffic or on a steep upgrade, downshift Transfer Case Position brake, shift into N (Neutral) while still
Shift
before the engine starts to overwork. from: 2H or 4H** 4L maintaining pressure on the service brake
This reduces the chance of stalling and pedal. Set the parking brake fully. Shift
gives better acceleration when you need Overdrive 55 mph 22 mph into 1 (First) and turn off the ignition.
to Fourth (88 km/h) (35 km/h)
more speed.
Fourth to 45 mph 18 mph
On a steep downgrade, downshifting Third (72 km/h) (29 km/h) WARNING
helps maintain safe speed and prolongs
brake life. When you come to a stop, Third to 35 mph 14 mph
Parking in Neutral:
do not downshift through each gear. Second (56 km/h) (22 km/h)
Do not park your vehicle in N (Neu-
Disengage the clutch and use as neces- Second to 20 mph 8 mph tral). Use 1 (First) gear and set the
sary. Downshifting through the gears First (32 km/h) (13 km/h) parking brake fully. If you do not
decreases fuel economy. *Downshift at lower speeds when driving on take these precautions, your vehicle
slippery surfaces. may move unexpectedly and injure
**Use the following for 4x2 applications.
someone.
5-17

Driving Your Mazda
Automatic Transmission
Your vehicle is equipped with either For example, you may notice that the To help in troubleshooting, the PCM con-
a four-speed overdrive transmission transmission will upshift to a higher gear tinually performs self-tests on the elec-
(4R44E) or a five-speed overdrive trans- more quickly when the vehicle has not tronic control system and if any faults
mission (5R55E). All 2.5L and 3.0L reached normal operating temperature. are detected, will store them in memory.
engines use the 4R44E transmission, The Transmission Control Indicator Light
while all 4.0L engines use the 5R55E The PCM also controls the transmission’s (TCIL), which is located on the instru-
transmission. Both transmission types torque converter clutch to further raise ment cluster, may flash steadily if a
have a lock-up torque converter. Trans- vehicle performance and fuel economy. mal-function has been detected. If the
mission operation is controlled by the The torque converter clutch will engage TCIL is flashing, contact your Autho-
Powertrain Control Module (PCM). when the transmission operating tem- rized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
perature and other conditions determined If this condition persists, damage to your
The PCM will automatically adjust trans- by the PCM have been met. Engagement transmission could occur.
mission operation to make up for varying of the clutch may be noted as a decrease
conditions. Several sensors located on the in engine speed.
engine and transmission such as throttle
position, engine speed, vehicle speed and
transmission temperature are used by the
PCM to shift the transmission into a
higher to lower gear when required for
the best performance and fuel economy.
5-18

Driving Your Mazda
J Putting Your Vehicle in Gear Always come to a complete stop before

you shift into P (Park). This position
Your vehicle’s gearshift selector lever is locks the transmission and prevents the
on the steering column. The Transmis- rear wheels from turning. To securely
sion Control Switch is located on the end latch the gearshift in the P (Park) posi-
of the gearshift selector lever. You can tion, pull it toward you, push it com-
put the gearshift selector lever in any of pletely counterclockwise against the stop,
the several positions. and then push it toward the instrument
Once you place the gearshift selector panel.
lever securely into position, gradually The gearshift is securely latched in P
release the brake pedal and use the accel- (Park) if you cannot rotate it in a clock-
erator as necessary. wise direction without lifting it toward
J Transmission Ranges
t P (Park) you.
The gearshift selector lever must be at
P (Park) or N (Neutral) to operate the P (Park) locks the transmission and pre-
starter. vents the rear wheels from rotating.
5-19

Driving Your Mazda
Your vehicle is equipped with a brake-

WARNING WARNING shift interlock feature. This feature pre-
vents you from shifting from P (Park)
Moving Selector Lever: The Parking Brake vs. P (Park): with the key in the ON position unless
Hold the brake pedal down while Using P (Park) instead of the park- you have the brake pedal depressed. If
you move the selector lever from ing brake to hold the vehicle is you cannot shift from P (Park) with the
position to position. If you do not unsafe. If P (Park) fails to hold, the brake pedal depressed:
hold the brake pedal down, your vehicle will move freely and possi- 1 Apply the parking brake.
vehicle may move unexpectedly and bly cause an accident. Don’t use
injure someone. P (Park) in place of the parking 2. Remove the key.
brake. Always use both P (Park) 3. Insert the key and rotate one position
and the parking brake. clockwise to OFF.
4. Apply the brake pedal and shift to
N (Neutral). If the vehicle is shifted
CAUTION to P (Park) you must repeat the pre-
vious steps.
Shifting into P (Park) or R (Reverse)
while the vehicle is moving can 5. Start the vehicle.
damage your transmission.
5-20

Driving Your Mazda
t R (Reverse)
WARNING In the R (Reverse) position, the vehicle
WARNING
Shifting From P (Park) with will move backward. You should always Shifting From N (Neutral) or
Shift-Lock Override: come to a complete stop before shift- P (Park):
If you need to shift out of P (Park) ing into or out of R (Reverse), except It’s dangerous to shift from N (Neu-
by using the alternate procedure as explained under Rocking the Vehicle tral) or P (Park) into a driving gear
described here, it is possible that a (page 4-14). when the engine is running faster
fuse has blown or the vehicle’s t N (Neutral) than idle. If this is done, the vehicle
brake lamps may not be operating could move suddenly, causing an
properly. Refer to the In Case of In N (Neutral), the wheels and transmis- accident or serious injury. If the
Emergency section for information sion are not locked. The vehicle will roll engine is running faster than idle,
on checking and replacing fuses. freely even on the slightest incline unless don’t shift from N (Neutral) or P
Do not drive your vehicle until you the parking brake or brakes are engaged. (Park) into a driving gear.
verify that the brake lights are
working.
5-21

Driving Your Mazda
t f
D (Overdrive) t Drive To return the transmission to the nor-
mal f D (Overdrive) operation, press the
fD (Overdrive) is the normal drive You will note that there is not a drive transmission control switch again. When
position for the best fuel economy. As position on your gearshift indicator. starting your vehicle, the overdrive sys-
the vehicle picks up speed, the 4R44E However, you will find a transmission tem will automatically be in the normal
transmission will automatically upshift control switch labeled ‘‘O/D ON/OFF’’ overdrive mode.
to second, third and fourth gears when located on the end of the gearshift lever.
fD (Overdrive) is chosen on the selector Press this switch and ‘‘O/D OFF’’ will t 2 (Second)
and the transmission control switch has illuminate on the instrument cluster.
not been pressed. The 2 (Second) position is helpful when
With overdrive cancelled and the ‘‘O/D driving in heavy, slow-moving traffic and
The 5R55E transmission will automati- OFF’’ illuminated, the 4R44E transmis- climbing hills; for braking assist when
cally upshift to second, third, fourth sion will operate in gears one through going down hills; or for starting on slick
and fifth gears, when f D (Overdrive) is three and the 5R55E transmission will surfaces and other situations where gentle
chosen on the selector and the transmis- operate in gears one through four. Oper- acceleration may be necessary.
sion control switch has not been pressed. ating in ‘‘OFF’’ gives more engine braking
than Overdrive and is useful for ascending t 1 (Low)
The transmission will shift into correct or descending hills or when towing. Shift Use the 1 (Low) position in hard-pulling
gear when the right speed is achieved for back to f D (Overdrive) whenever practi- situations, or for climbing and descend-
the accelerator pedal position you have cal for optimum powertrain cooling.
chosen. ing very steep grades.
5-22

Driving Your Mazda
Shift patterns with overdrive: J Driving Tips 2. Shift to f

D or 1 (First) depending on
fD= 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th (4R44E)
t Passing
load weight and grade steepness.
fD= 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th (5R55E) 3. Release all brakes while gradually
2 = 2nd For extra power when passing another accelerating.
vehicle or climbing steep grades, depress
1 = 1st t Power braking
the accelerator fully. The 4R44E trans-
Shift patterns without overdrive: mission will automatically downshift
Increasing the engine speed above idle
D = 1st, 2nd, 3rd (4R44E) to the appropriate gear; third, second, or
without vehicle movement (such as hold-
first. The 5R55E transmission will auto-
D = 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th (5R55E) ing the brake) in a forward gear causes
matically downshift to the appropriate
2 = 2nd transmission stall.
gear; fourth, third, second or first.
1 = 1st
t Climbing steep grades from a stop
NOTE
To climb a steep grade from a stopped
position: Continued operation in the stall con-
dition can result in transmission over-
1. Depress the brake pedal. heat, malfunction or fluid expulsion.
5-23

Driving Your Mazda
4-Wheel Drive System –

t Descending steep grades But to increase engine braking, don’t Electronic Shift Control
use Overdrive when going down a steep
When descending a steep grade, shift to grade. The electronic shift control 4x4 system
2 (Second) or 1 (First), depending on load functions in three modes. In 2-wheel
weight and grade steepness. Descend And for a smoother ride with less shift- drive mode, power is delivered only to
slowly, using the brakes only occasion- ing, don’t use it when: the rear axle at normal road speed.
ally to prevent them from overheating.
S Going up a steep grade; The 4x4 HIGH position provides 4-wheel
J Overdrive S Driving in stop-and-go traffic;
drive with power delivered to the front
and rear axles for increased traction. The
t Overdrive operation S Pulling heavy loads. 4x4 LOW position provides 4-wheel
In f D, the transmission automatically drive with power delivered to the front
shifts to Overdrive, which improves fuel and rear axles when above average power
economy and reduces noise. is required at reduced speeds.
5-24

Driving Your Mazda
4-wheel drive operation (4x4 or 4x4 At temperatures below 32_F (0_C),

LOW) on dry pavement is not recom- shifts from 2-wheel drive to 4x4 HIGH
mended. Operating the vehicle in 4-wheel should not be performed above 45 mph
drive on dry pavement will increase tire (72 km/h).
wear, decrease fuel economy, and make
4-wheel drive disengagement difficult Do not shift into 4x4 HIGH with the rear
for the transfer case. wheels slipping.
J Electronic Shift Control

System Indicator Lights
A 4x4 indicator light and a 4x4 LOW
indicator light are located on the instru- J Shifting From 2-Wheel Drive
ment cluster. If either light flashes, take
your vehicle in for service.
to 4x4 HIGH
S 2-wheel drive mode—Neither the To shift into 4x4, turn the knob located
4x4 nor the 4x4 LOW lights are lit. on the instrument panel to 4x4 HIGH.
S 4x4 mode—Only the 4x4 light is lit.
S 4x4 LOW mode—Both the 4x4 and
4x4 LOW lights are lit.
5-25

Driving Your Mazda
J Shifting From 4x4 HIGH to J Shifting From 2-Wheel Drive J Shifting From 4x4 LOW to
2-Wheel Drive to 4x4 LOW 2-Wheel Drive
Turn the knob from 4x4 HIGH to 2WD; 1. Bring the vehicle to a stop. 1. Bring the vehicle to a stop.
the 4x4 light on the instrument cluster
will go out indicating the vehicle is in 2. Depress the brake. 2. Depress the brake.
2-wheel drive. This can be done at any 3. Place the automatic transmission in 3. Place the automatic transmission in
speed. N (Neutral) or depress the brake N (Neutral) or depress the brake
pedal and clutch pedal fully on pedal and clutch pedal fully on
vehicles with a manual transmission. vehicles with a manual transmission.
4. Move the four-wheel drive knob to 4. Move the four-wheel drive knob to
4x4 LOW. 2WD.
5-26

Driving Your Mazda
J Shifting Between 4x4 HIGH J Off-Road Driving

and 4x4 LOW CAUTION
Stop the vehicle, depress the brake, and S If the four-wheel drive knob is WARNING
place the automatic transmission in N moved to 4x4 LOW while the
(Neutral) or depress the brake pedal and vehicle is moving, the system will 4-Wheel Driving Precautions:
clutch pedal fully on vehicles with not engage and no damage will All utility-type and 4-wheel drive
a manual transmission. Move the four- occur to the system. vehicles have a special design and
wheel drive knob to the 4x4 HIGH or S Driving on dry, hard surfaces in 4H equipment features to make them
4x4 LOW position. or 4L may cause unnecessary noise capable of performing in a wide vari-
and tire wear. Drive in 2-wheel ety of off-road applications. Specific
drive under these conditions. design characteristics give them
higher centers of gravity than ordi-
nary passenger cars. These vehicles
It is not recommended to operate the are not designed for cornering at
vehicle in the 4WD modes with a tem- speeds as high as passenger cars any
porary spare unless absolutely necessary. more than low-slung sports cars are
If you must use both 4WD and a tempo- designed to perform satisfactorily
rary spare, don’t operate at speeds above under off-road conditions. If at all
10 mph (16 km/h) or for distances over
50 miles (80 km). (Continued)
5-27

Driving Your Mazda
possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt S Do not use 4-wheel drive on dry, hard- When using 4-wheel drive, maintain
maneuvers in these vehicles. As with surfaced roads, especially with a tem- steering wheel control at all times, espe-
other vehicles of this type, failure to porary spare tire in use. This may cially in rough terrain. Since sudden
operate your vehicle correctly may damage the driveline and axles. changes in terrain can result in abrupt
result in loss of control or vehicle S Drive slower in strong crosswinds steering wheel motion, make sure you
rollover resulting in serious injury. which can affect the normal steering grip the steering wheel rim from the
characteristics of your vehicle. outside. Do not grip the spokes.
Most vehicles with 4-wheel drive are S Be extremely careful when driving Drive cautiously to avoid vehicle dam-
especially equipped for driving on sand, on pavement made slippery by loose age from concealed objects such as rocks
snow, mud, or rough terrain and have sand, water, gravel, snow or ice. and stumps. Know the terrain or exam-
operating characteristics that are some- ine maps of the area in question before
what different from conventional vehi- driving. Map out your route beforehand.
cles, both off and on the road. The driving To maintain steering and braking control
tips below will help you learn to use of your vehicle, you must have all four
4-wheel drive. tires on the ground, and they must be
rolling, not sliding or spinning.
5-28

Driving Your Mazda
If the vehicle is stuck it may be rocked t Sand t Water

out by shifting from forward and reverse When driving over sand, try to keep all Before driving through water, determine
gears, stopping between shifts, in a four wheels of the vehicle on the most the depth. Avoid water higher than the
steady pattern. Press lightly on the accel- solid area of the trail. Avoid reducing the bottom of the hubs. Proceed slowly to
erator in each gear. tire pressure. Instead, shift to a lower avoid splashing, if the ignition system
gear and drive steadily through the ter- gets wet, the vehicle may stall.
NOTE rain. Apply accelerator slowly and avoid
spinning the wheels. Once through water, always try the
Do not rock the vehicle for more brakes. Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle
than a few minutes. The transmis- If you must reduce the tire pressure for as effectively as dry brakes. You can dry
sion and tires may be damaged or the whatever reason in sand, make sure you the brakes faster by driving the vehicle
engine can overheat. re-inflate the tires as soon as possible. slowly while applying light pressure on
Avoid excessive speed because vehicle the brake pedal.
Transmission upshift in 4x4 with trans- momentum can work against you and
fer case in 4L may be quite firm due to cause the vehicle to become stuck to the
large total gear reduction. This condition point that assistance may be required
is normal. from another vehicle. Remember, you
may be able to back out the way you
came if you proceed with caution.
5-29

Driving Your Mazda
t Mud t Driving on hill or steep terrain

NOTE
Be cautious of sudden changes in vehicle Although natural obstacles may make it
speed or direction when you are driving If the transmission, transfer case or necessary to travel diagonally up or
in mud. Even 4x4 vehicles can lose trac- front axle are submerged in water, down a hill or steep incline, you should
tion in slick mud. As when you are driv- their fluids should be checked and always try to drive straight up or straight
ing over sand, apply the accelerator changed, if necessary. down. Avoid driving crosswise or turn-
slowly and avoid spinning your wheels. ing on steep slopes or hills. A danger lies
If the vehicle does slide, steer in the Replace rear axle lubricant any time the in losing traction, slipping sideways and
direction of the slide until you regain axle has been submerged in water. The possibly rolling over. Whenever driving
control of the vehicle. rear axle does not normally require a on a hill, determine beforehand the route
lubricant change for the life of the you will use. Do not drive over the crest
After driving through mud, clean off vehicle. Rear axle lubricant quantities of a hill without seeing what conditions
residue stuck to rotating driveshafts and are not to be checked or changed unless are on the other side. Do not drive in
tires. Excess mud stuck on tires and a leak is suspected or repair is required. reverse over a hill without the aid of an
rotating driveshafts causes an imbalance observer.
which could damage drive components.
5-30

Driving Your Mazda
When climbing a steep slope or hill, start When descending a steep hill, avoid sud- If vehicle speed drops more than 16 km/h
in a lower gear rather than downshifting den hard braking as you could lose con- (10 mph), the cruise control will cancel
to a lower gear once the ascent has trol. When you brake hard, the front automatically. Resume speed with the
started. This reduces strain on the engine wheels can’t turn and if they aren’t turn- accelerator pedal.
and the possibility of stalling. ing, you won’t be able to steer. The front
If cruise control cancels after climbing
wheels have to be turning in order to
If you do stall out, do not try to turn the hill, reset speed by pressing and hold-
steer the vehicle. Rapid pumping of the
around because you might roll over. It is ing the SET ACCEL button to resume
brake will help you slow the vehicle and
better to back down to a safe location. speeds over 30 mph (50 km/h).
still maintain steering control.
Apply just enough power to the wheels The automatic transmission may shift
If your vehicle has antilock brakes, frequently while driving up steep grades.
to climb the hill. Too much power will
apply the brakes steadily. Do not Eliminate frequent shifting by shifting
cause the tires to slip, spin or lose trac-
tion, resulting in loss of vehicle control.
“pump” the brakes. out of fD(Overdrive) into D (Drive).
When cruise control is on and you are
Descend a hill in the same gear you
driving uphill, your vehicle speed may
would use to climb up the hill to avoid
drop considerably, especially if you are
excessive brake application and brake
carrying a heavy load.
overheating. Do not descend in neutral,
disengage overdrive or manually shift to
a lower gear.
5-31

Driving Your Mazda
t Driving on snow or ice 4x4 vehicles are unique in that they can J Tire Replacement
be driven in deep snow that would stop Requirements
A 4-wheel drive vehicle has advantages a conventional two-wheel drive vehicle.
over 2-wheel drive vehicles in snow and Shift to a low gear and maintain steady Your 4x4 vehicle is equipped with tires
ice but can skid like any other vehicle. If pressure on the accelerator. This will designed to provide for safe ride and
so equipped, keep the vehicle in 4-wheel help prevent spinning the wheels while handling capability.
drive if icy or slippery conditions exist. maintaining sufficient momentum to Do not use a size and type of tire and
keep from bogging down. Using tire wheel other than that originally provided
chains will also help. by Mazda because it can affect the safety
Never drive with chains on the front tires and performance of your vehicle, which
of 4x4 vehicles without also putting could lead to loss of vehicle control or
them on the rear tires. This could cause rollover and serious injury. Make sure all
the rear to slide and swing around during tires and wheels on the vehicle are of the
braking. same size, type, tread design, brand and
load-carrying capacity. If you have ques-
tions regarding tire replacement, see an
authorized Mazda dealer.
5-32

Driving Your Mazda
If you nevertheless decide to equip your These “aftermarket lift kits” could You should carefully observe the recom-
4x4 for off-road use with tires larger than adversely affect the vehicle’s handling mended tire inflation pressure found on
what Mazda recommends, you should characteristics, which could lead to loss the safety compliance certification label
not use these tires for highway driving. of vehicle control or rollover and serious attached to the left front door lock facing
If you use any tire/wheel combination injury. or door latch post pillar. Failure to
not recommended by Mazda, it may follow tire pressure recommendations
adversely affect vehicle handling and Tires can be damaged during off-road can adversely affect the way your
could cause steering, suspension, axle or use. For your safety, tires that are dam- vehicle handles. Do not exceed the
transfer case failure. aged should not be used for highway Mazda recommended pressure even if it
driving because they are more likely to is less than the maximum pressure
Do not use “aftermarket lift kits” or other blow out or fail. allowed for the tire.
suspension modifications, whether or
not they are used with larger tires and Each day before you drive, check your
wheels. tires. If one looks lower than the others,
use a tire gauge to check pressure of all
tires, and adjust if required. Check tire
pressure with a tire gauge every few
weeks (including spare). Safe operation
requires tires that are neither underin-
flated nor overloaded.
5-33

Driving Your Mazda
Periodically inspect the tire treads and J If Your Vehicle Goes Off the It may be safer to stay on the apron or
remove stones, nails, glass or other Edge of the Pavement shoulder of the road and slow down
objects that may be wedged in the tread gradually before returning to the pave-
grooves. Check for holes or cuts that If your vehicle goes off the edge of the ment. You may lose control if you do not
may permit air leakage from the tire and pavement, slow down, but avoid severe slow down or if you turn the steering
make necessary repairs. brake application. Ease the vehicle back wheel too sharply or abruptly.
onto the pavement only after reducing
Inspect the tire sidewalls for cuts, your speed. Do not turn the steering
bruises and other damage. If internal wheel too sharply while returning to the
damage to the tire is suspected, have the road surface.
tire demounted and inspected in case it
needs to be repaired or replaced.
5-34

Driving Your Mazda
If often may be less risky to strike small J Emergency Maneuvers In the event of an emergency stop, avoid
inanimate objects, such as highway skidding the tires and do not attempt any
reflectors, with minor damage to your In an unavoidable emergency situation sharp steering wheel movements.
vehicle rather than attempt a sudden where a sudden sharp turn must be made,
return to the pavement which could remember to avoid “over-driving’’ your If the vehicle goes from one type of
cause the vehicle to slide sideways out of vehicle, i.e. turn the steering wheel only surface to another (i.e., from concrete
control or rollover. Remember, your as rapidly and as far as required to avoid to gravel) there will be a change in
safety and the safety of others should be the emergency. Excessive steering will the way the vehicle responds to a maneu-
your primary concern. result in less vehicle control, not more. ver (steering, acceleration or braking).
Additionally, smooth variations of the Again, avoid these abrupt inputs.
accelerator and/or brake pedal pressure
should be utilized if changes in vehicle
speed are called for. Avoid abrupt steer-
ing, acceleration or braking. Use all
available road surface to return the
vehicle to a safe direction of travel.
5-35

Driving Your Mazda
Brake System
J Foot Brake When the engine is off, the reserve brake
Your Mazda has power-assisted brakes
power is less each time the brake pedal WARNING
is applied. Don’t pump the pedal when
that adjust automatically through normal the power assist has been interrupted, Driving with the Engine Off:
use. except when necessary to maintain steer- Continuing to drive when the
Should power assist fail, you can stop by ing control when sliding on ice or other engine is stalled or turned off is
applying greater force than normal to the slippery surfaces. dangerous. Braking will require
brake pedal. But the distance required to more effort, and the brake’s power
If the brakes should fail to operate while assist could be depleted if you pump
stop will be greater than usual. the vehicle is in motion, you can make an the brake. This will cause longer
emergency stop with the parking brake. stopping distances or even an acci-
The stopping distance, however, will be dent. Don’t continue driving when
much greater than normal. the engine is stalled or turned off,
find a safe place to stop.
5-36

Driving Your Mazda
J Front Disc Brakes

WARNING WARNING The front disc brakes are self-adjusting.
Riding the Brakes: Driving with Wet Brakes: They do not require service other than
Driving with your foot continuously Driving with wet brakes is danger- periodic inspection for pad wear.
on the brake pedal or steadily apply- ous. Increased stopping distance or
J Rear Drum Brakes
ing the brakes for long distances is the vehicle pulling to one side when
dangerous. This causes overheated braking could result in a serious The rear drum brakes are self-adjusting.
brakes, resulting in longer stopping accident. Light braking will indi- Automatic adjustment occurs when the
distances or even total brake fail- cate whether the brakes have been brakes are applied while ‘‘backing up.’’
ure. This could cause loss of vehicle affected. Dry the brakes by driving
control and a serious accident. very slowly and applying the brakes If normal operation does not include
Avoid continuous application of the lightly until brake performance is much backing up, adjust the rear brakes
brakes. Shift to a lower gear when normal. when they seem ‘‘low’’ and do not grip
going down steep hills. well by using the following procedure.
5-37

Driving Your Mazda
J If Brakes Do Not Grip Well or inspected by your dealer or a qualified J Stopping Distances
Pedal is ‘‘Low’’ service technician.
Stopping distances vary with different
If brakes do not grip well, it may indicate J If Brakes Pull loads and driving conditions. Use cau-
the rear drum brakes need adjustment. tion when encountering new conditions
S Check tire pressure. and acquaint yourself with vehicle per-
Drive the vehicle in reverse at 5 mph S Perform the self-adjustment proce- formance. Take full advantage of engine
(8 km/h) on level, dry pavement. Stop the dure described under If Brakes Do braking power when slowing down.
vehicle by firmly applying the brakes. Not Grip Well or Pedal is ‘‘Low.’’
Repeat this procedure four or five times.
If pull occurs during the first 500 miles
If the brakes seem low or do not grip well (800 km), make 10 moderately fast stops
during normal operation, it may indicate from 40 mph (64 km/h) and perform
the need for a brake system inspection the self-adjustment procedure above. It
and/or service. You should have your may be necessary to repeat this operation
vehicle checked as soon as possible. to properly seat new brake linings and
It is not an indication of brake problems pads.
to have an occasional brake squeal dur-
ing light to moderate brake applications.
However, if the squeal becomes louder
or more frequent, have your brakes
5-38

Driving Your Mazda
J Applying the Brakes J Hydraulic Power Brakes

Apply the brake pedal evenly. Use the The hydraulic brake system is made up
WARNING
‘‘squeeze’’ technique. Push on the brake of two independent hydraulic circuits. Reduced Braking Capability:
pedal with a steadily increasing force. One hydraulic circuit supplies fluid to A loss of pressure in one of the
This allows the wheels to continue to roll the front disc brakes and the other circuits, indicated by an increase in
while you are slowing down, which lets hydraulic circuit supplies fluid to the pedal travel, will result in reduced
you steer properly. If you lock the wheels, rear drum brakes. These two circuits are braking capability. The brake sys-
release the brake pedal and repeat the supplied by a common hydraulic brake tem should be checked immediately.
‘‘squeeze’’ technique. fluid reservoir, with a fluid level sensor.
The brake light in the instrument panel
WARNING will light for low brake fluid in the
common brake fluid reservoir.
Suspension Modification:
Modifications to the suspension
spring rates and/or vehicle ride
height may adversely affect vehicle
stopping ability.
5-39

Driving Your Mazda
The parking brake pedal is suspended

just below the instrument panel to the WARNING
left of the service brake and/or clutch
pedals. Set Parking Brake Fully:
S To set the parking brake, press the When parking, do not use the gear-
brake pedal with your right foot and shift in place of the parking brake.
hold it while you depress the parking Turn off the ignition whenever you
brake pedal fully with your left foot. leave your vehicle. Always set the
parking brake fully and make sure
that the gearshift is securely latched
CAUTION in P (Park) (automatic transmis-
sion) or in 1 (First) (manual trans-
J Parking Brake Driving with the parking brake on mission). Never leave your vehicle
will cause excessive wear of the unattended while it is running. If
The parking brake should be used when-
brake linings or pads. you do not take these precautions,
ever you park your vehicle.
your vehicle may move unexpectedly
and injure someone.
5-40

Driving Your Mazda
If the brake warning light stays on after

the parking brake is fully released, the
brake system has a malfunction. Refer
to Warning Lights/Beeps (page 5-59).
J Brake System Warning Light J 4-Wheel Antilock Brake

Note the brake warning light each time
System (4-Wheel ABS)*
you start the engine. It should be on when This system helps the driver to maintain
the engine is running and the parking vehicle control by preventing wheel
brake is set. lock-up during hard braking.
*Some models.
5-41

Driving Your Mazda
The 4WABS operates with a computer t Using antilock brakes the vehicle should be inspected by a
that is able to optimize vehicle control qualified service technician.
during braking on varying tire and road The operation of a vehicle with 4WABS
conditions by modulating the brake is very similar to the operation of normal
pressure at each of the front wheels and brakes. However, some differences exist WARNING
the rear axle. This ‘‘pumping action’’ and are listed below:
Antilock System:
is similar to the driver ‘‘pumping’’ the S Apply the brake steadily. In the event The antilock system does not
brakes but happens at a much faster rate. of a panic stop, do NOT ‘‘pump’’ the decrease the time necessary to
brakes. ‘‘Pumping’’ the brakes dur- apply the brakes or always reduce
ing an antilock stop will diminish
WARNING braking effectiveness.
stopping distance. Always leave
enough room between your vehicle
Antilock System: and the vehicle in front of you
S During an antilock stop, the driver
The antilock system will NOT allow will notice a brake pedal pulsation to stop.
the vehicle to stop as quickly on wet and hear some noise from the engine
or icy surfaces as it would on a dry compartment. This is an indication
surface. Heavy braking on roads that the 4WABS system is working
with loose surfaces such as snow or correctly and is normal. If the vehicle
gravel, or severe pavement irregu- has continuous vibration or shudder
larities could cause you to lose in the steering wheel while braking,
control of your vehicle.
5-42

Driving Your Mazda
t 4WABS warning light brake warning light illuminates, have

NOTE your vehicle serviced immediately.)
The 4WABS computer continuously
monitors the system while driving for After staring the vehicle and upon ini-
any electrical or system malfunctions. tial drive-off, the driver may notice a NOTE
single pulse of the brake pedal and a
In addition, the 4WABS computer per- Mobile phones or radio transmitters
noise from the engine compartment.
forms an initial system check called not installed by Mazda Motor Corpo-
This is part of the initial system check
bulb proveout when the vehicle ignition ration may interfere with the antilock
and is normal.
is switched on. During bulb proveout, brake system. Should the antilock sys-
the amber ‘‘ABS’’ light on the instru- tem activate unexpectedly or the ABS
ment cluster will momentarily illumi- The ABS warning light in the instrument light illuminate after installation of
nate and then go out. cluster momentarily illuminates when such a unit, have the installation of the
the ignition is turned on and the engine unit checked.
is off. If the light does not illuminate
momentarily at start up, remains on or
continues to flash, the ABS needs to be
serviced. With the ABS light on, the anti-
lock brake system is disabled and normal
braking is still effective unless the brake
warning light also remains illuminated
with parking brake released. (If your
5-43

Driving Your Mazda
J Rear-Wheel Antilock Brake You’ll notice some pulsation in the brake

WARNING System (Rear-Wheel ABS)* pedal when the ABS system is operating
normally. If the vehicle has continuous
Antilock Brake System Warning This system reduces the possibility of vibration or shudder in the steering
Light: sustained rear-wheel brake lockup by wheel while braking, the vehicle should
If there is a malfunction in the immediately sensing any lockup and be inspected by a qualified service tech-
system, the antilock brake system modulating the rear brake pressure. nician.
warning light will light as the sys- Even so, you must always be careful in
tem becomes disabled. The system all hazardous driving situations, espe- NOTE
should receive immediate service. cially on unusual surfaces, such as ice
and water. If the antilock warning light stays on
while you’re driving, the ABS con-
WARNING Even with ABS, you may lose control of trol unit has detected a system mal-
the vehicle through heavy braking on function. If this occurs, your brakes
Suspension Modification: loose surfaces such as snow and gravel, will function normally as if they had
Modifications to the suspension on broken pavement, and on alternate no ABS. Should this happen, consult
spring rates and/or vehicle ride patches of slippery and dry surfaces. an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon
height may adversely affect vehicle as possible.
stopping ability.
*Some models.
5-44

Driving Your Mazda
NOTE WARNING WARNING

Braking distances may be longer on
ABS: Antilock Brake System Light:
loose surfaces (snow or gravel, for
example), which usually have a hard The ABS cannot compensate for If the amber antilock brake system
foundation. A vehicle with a normal unsafe and reckless driving, exces- warning light remains on or comes
braking system may require less dis- sive speed, tailgating (following on while driving, a fault has been
tance to stop under these conditions another vehicle too closely), and detected in the antilock brake sys-
because the tires will build up a wedge hydroplaning (reduced tire friction tem, and the antilock system has
of surface layer when the wheels skid. and road contact because of water been disabled. Have the braking
on the road surface). You can still system checked by a qualified ser-
have an accident. So don’t rely on vice technician as soon as possible.
ABS as a substitute for safe driving.
5-45

Driving Your Mazda
Power Steering
Your vehicle is equipped with power If the steering wanders or pulls, the
NOTE steering. condition could be caused by any of the
If a fault occurs in the antilock sys- following:
Power steering uses energy from the
tem, and the brake warning light is engine to help steer the vehicle. S underinflated tire(s) on any wheel(s)
not lit, the antilock system is disabled
but normal brake function remains To prevent damage to the power steering S high crown in center of road
operational. If the light does not illu- pump:
S high crosswinds
minate momentarily at start up, S Never hold the steering wheel to the
remains on or continues to flash, the extreme right or the extreme left for S wheels out of alignment
ABS needs to be serviced. more than a few seconds when the S loose or worn components in steering
engine is running. linkage
WARNING S Do not operate the vehicle with a low
power steering pump fluid level.
Suspension Modification:
If the power steering system breaks
Modifications to the suspension down (or if the engine is turned off), you
spring rates and/or vehicle ride can steer the vehicle manually, but it
height may adversely affect vehicle takes more effort.
stopping ability.
5-46

Driving Your Mazda
Cruise Control*
With cruise control, you can set and
NOTE automatically maintain any speed of
After any severe impact such as more than about 30 mph (48 km/h).
striking potholes, sliding into curbs
on icy roads, or a collision involving
the front end, observe the steering WARNING
wheel alignment. If the spokes of the
steering wheel seem to be in a dif- Cruise Control Use:
ferent position while going straight Using cruise control in the follow-
down the road, have the front sus- ing conditions could cause you to
pension and steering checked for lose control of the vehicle:
possible damage. S Heavy or unsteady traffic
S Slippery or winding roads To activate the system, press the ON
switch.
S Similar restrictions that require
inconsistent speed To deactivate the system:
Don’t use cruise control in these S Press the OFF switch.
situations. S Turn off the vehicle ignition.
*Some models.
5-47

Driving Your Mazda
Once cruise control is switched OFF, J To Set Speed:

the previously programmed set speed NOTE
will be released. 1. Press and release the ON switch.
S On a steep grade, the vehicle may
S Touch the brakes. 2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which momentarily slow down going up
must be more than 30 mph (48 km/h). or speed up while going down.
3. Press SET ACCEL and release it S You may have to temporarily can-
WARNING immediately. This will set your speed cel cruise control while driving
and the cruise control indicator light on steep grades.
Cruise ON Switch: will illuminate (refer to page 4-57).
If the ON switch is left on, cruise If you keep this button pressed, your
control may be switched on acci- speed will continue to increase and
dentally. This could result in loss will not be set until the switch is
of vehicle control. Keep the cruise released.
control OFF when cruise control is
not in use.
5-48

Driving Your Mazda
If your vehicle comes with a 5-speed In order to downshift (with a manual

NOTE manual transmission, you may prefer to transmission) with the cruise control
Cruise control cannot reduce the drive in 4 (Fourth) gear, in mountainous operating, you must press either the brake
vehicle speed if it increases above areas or at high altitudes, to improve or clutch pedal long enough to disengage
the set speed on a downhill grade. If cruise control performance. the cruise control. Wait a second before
your vehicle speed is faster than the depressing the clutch again and making
To maintain a preset speed with an auto-
set speed while driving downhill, the shift so that the cruise control can
matic transmission, under these condi-
you may want to shift to the next fully return to the idle position.
tions, push the Overdrive Off button on
lower gear to reduce vehicle speed. the end of the gearshift lever. The O/D
OFF light will illuminate on the instru-
In mountainous areas, at higher eleva- ment cluster. You can select this position
tions, or when pulling a trailer, the cruise at any speed. For the best fuel economy
control may not be able to maintain the during normal driving conditions, leave
preset speed with the transmission in the shift selector in Overdrive.
overdrive.
5-49

Driving Your Mazda
t To Cancel: The system is off when the ignition is off. Your vehicle has a ‘‘tap-up’’ feature that
allows you to increase your current
To turn off the system, use one of these speed in increments of 1 mph (1.6 km/h)
methods: NOTE by a momentary tap of the SET ACCEL
S Press the OFF switch. The cruise Cruise control will cancel at about button. Multiple taps of the SET ACCEL
control is cancelled. 8 to 14 mph (13-23 km/h) below the button will increase your vehicle speed
S Press the brake or clutch pedal (if preset speed. 1 mph (1.6 km/h) for each tap. For exam-
equipped) slightly. The cruise control ple, if you are currently set at 60 mph
is turned off, but can be reset by (96 km/h) and tap the SET ACCEL
pressing SET ACCEL or RSM. J To Increase Cruising Speed: button 5 times, your vehicle speed will
increase and set at 65 mph (104 km/h).
Follow either of these procedures.
WARNING S Press and hold SET ACCEL. Release
the control when the desired speed is
Avoiding High Engine RPM: reached.
Do not shift the transmission into S Accelerate with your accelerator
N (Neutral) with the cruise control pedal. When the desired vehicle
on, as high engine RPM run up will speed is reached, press and release
occur until the cruise control is SET ACCEL.
turned off.
5-50

Driving Your Mazda
J Accelerating With Cruise J To Decrease Cruising Speed: J To Resume Cruising Speed at

Control On 1. Press and hold the COAST button.
More Than 30 mph (48 km/h):
Accelerate if you want to speed up tem- If something besides the OFF button was
2. The vehicle will gradually slow.
porarily when the cruise control is on. used to cancel cruising speed and the
Release the button at the speed you
Greater speed will not interfere with it system is still activated, the most recent
want.
or change the set speed. set speed will automatically resume
Take your foot off the accelerator to Your vehicle has a ‘‘tap-down’’ feature when the RSM button is pressed. It will
return to the set speed. that allows you to decrease your current not resume though, if vehicle speed has
speed in increments of 1 mph (1.6 km/h) dropped below 30 mph (48 km/h).
by a momentary tap of the COAST but-
ton. Multiple taps of the COAST button
will decrease your vehicle speed 1 mph
(1.6 km/h) for each tap. For example,
if you are currently set at 65 mph
(104 km/h) and tap the COAST button 5
times, your vehicle speed will decrease
and set at 60 mph (96 km/h).
5-51

Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Clusters
5-52

Driving Your Mazda
5-53

Driving Your Mazda
Gauges
J Speedometer At normal operating temperature, the
needle remains within the normal area
The speedometer shows forward speed (the area between the H and C). If it
in miles and kilometers per hour. enters the red section, the engine is over-
heating. Stop the vehicle as soon as pos-
J Odometer
sible, switch off the engine immediately
The odometer records in miles (kilo- and let the engine cool.
meters) the total distance the vehicle has
been driven.
CAUTION
J Trip Odometer
Driving with an overheated engine
Push in the reset button to reset the trip can cause serious engine damage
odometer at zero. It will then reduce in J Engine Coolant Temperature
(see page 6-3).
miles (kilometers) the total distance the Gauge
vehicle is driven until the meter is again This gauge shows the temperature of the
reset. Use the trip odometer to measure engine coolant.
trip distances and in computing fuel
consumption.
5-54

Driving Your Mazda
adequate oil pressure. If the pointer

remains or drops below the center band
while the engine is running, you have
inadequate oil pressure. If this happens,
stop the vehicle as soon as safely pos-
sible, switch off the engine immediately
and refer to page 8-18 for instructions on
checking oil level.
J Engine Oil Pressure Gauge J Fuel Gauge

This gauge indicates whether or not The fuel gauge shows how much fuel is
there is adequate oil pressure. If the in the tank when the ignition is in the ON
engine is running, the pointer will be in or START position.
the center band of the gauge, indicating
5-55

Driving Your Mazda
For a proper fuel gauge reading, the igni- If the pointer stays outside the center band
tion switch must be in the OFF position when you are running electrical accesso-
before you add fuel to the fuel tank. ries with the engine off or idling, have the
system checked as soon as possible.
The fuel gauge indicator may vary slightly
while the vehicle is in motion. This is the
result of fuel movement within the tank.
An accurate reading may be obtained with
the vehicle on smooth, level ground.
J Battery Voltage Gauge

This gauge shows you the battery volt-
age when the ignition key is in the ON
position. Normally the pointer will stay
in the center band.
5-56

Driving Your Mazda
Some vehicles are equipped with an

engine speed (RPM) limiting device NOTE
contained within the Powertrain Control The needle may move slightly when
Module (PCM). The purpose of this the ignition switch is at ACC or ON
device is to maintain peak engine speed with the engine off. This is normal
(RPM) below a specified limit. This and will not affect accuracy once the
feature is only evident on automatic trans- engine is running.
mission vehicles when shifting manually
(1, 2, D) and on all manual transmission
units. (Engine speed limits may vary
based on engine displacement). NOTE
If you are experiencing an ‘‘engine cut- If the 4.0L engine exceeds 5200 RPM,
J Tachometer* the powertrain control module will
out’’ condition at high speeds, it may be
the result of this limiting device. It is a restrict fuel flow to maintain engine
The tachometer shows engine speed in
normal condition and can be avoided by speed at or below 5200 RPM. This
thousands of revolutions per minute
reducing engine/vehicle speed. function protects the engine and should
(RPM). Use it while selecting shift
be considered normal operation.
points and to prevent lugging and over-
revving.
*Some models.
5-57

Driving Your Mazda
Dashboard Illumination
CAUTION
Don’t run the engine with the tachom-
eter in the RED ZONE.
Driving with your tachometer pointer
continuously in the RED ZONE may
damage the engine.
Use to adjust the brightness of the S Rotate up to brighten.

dashboard lights during headlight and
parking light operation. S Rotate down to dim.
S Rotate to full up position (past det-
ent) to turn on interior lights.
5-58

Driving Your Mazda
Warning Lights/Beeps
J Warning Lights Inspection J Brake System 2. If this light is still on, drive to the side
Warning Light of the road and park off the right-of-
Inspect the warning lights by turning way.
on the ignition switch with the engine This warning has two functions.
off and the parking brake on. Consult an You may notice that the pedal is
Authorized Mazda Dealer about any light harder to push or that it may go closer
t Parking brake warning to the floor. In either case, it will take
that doesn’t come on.
The light comes on when the parking longer to stop the vehicle.
If the brake system warning light is off brake is applied with the ignition in the
when the ignition switch is at START, 3. With the engine stopped, check the
START or ON position. It goes off when brake fluid level immediately and
have the system inspected by an Autho- the brake is fully released.
rized Mazda Dealer. add fluid as required (page 8-28).
t Low brake fluid level warning 4. After adding fluid, if the light
After starting the engine, make sure all
warning lights are off. If one stays on, it’s If the light stays on after the parking remains on, or if the brakes do not
signaling for attention. brake is fully released, you may have a operate properly, do not drive the
brake problem. vehicle. Have it towed to an Autho-
The brake system warning light should rized Mazda Dealer.
go off when the parking brake is released. If it stays on:
Even if the light goes off, have your
1. Be sure the parking brake is fully brake system inspected as soon as
released. possible.
5-59

Driving Your Mazda
J Antilock Brake System

WARNING (ABS) Warning Light* CAUTION
Brake Warning Light: If the amber antilock brake system
The ABS warning light illuminates
Driving with the brake system warn- warning light remains on or comes
momentarily when the ignition switch is
ing light on is dangerous. It indi- on while driving, a fault has been
turned to the ON position. If the ABS
cates that your brakes may not work detected in the antilock brake system
control unit determines that all compo-
at all or that they could completely and the antilock system has been
nents are OK, it turns off the light
fail at any time. If this light remains disabled. Have the braking system
(page 5-43).
on, have the brakes inspected imme- checked by a qualified service tech-
diately. Don’t drive with this light on. If the ABS brake warning light remains nician as soon as possible. (Note: If
on, continues to flash or fails to illumi- a fault occurs in the antilock system,
nate, have the system serviced immedi- the normal brake function remains
ately. With the ABS light on, the anti- operational.)
lock brake system is disabled and normal
braking is still effective unless the brake
warning light also remains illuminated
with the parking brake released.
*Some models.
5-60

Driving Your Mazda
J Seat Belt Warning J Charging System 2. Turn off the engine. Inspect the alter-
Light/Chime Warning Light nator drive belt for looseness and
breakage.
For further information refer to Sec- This light comes on when you turn the
3. If it’s OK, the charging system has
tion 2. ignition switch to the ON or START posi-
a problem. Consult an Authorized
tion. The light should go off when the
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
J Fuel Reset Light* engine starts and the generator begins to
charge.
The fuel reset light will come on when
the ignition is turned to ON and the fuel This warning shows a malfunction of CAUTION
pump shut off switch has been triggered. the generator or of the electrical wiring Don’t drive with a loose or broken
Refer to The Fuel Pump Shut-Off Switch system. generator or fan belt. The engine
in this section. could overheat because the water
If the light comes on while the vehicle
is moving: pump or the fan would not work.
1. Drive to the side of the road and park

off the right-of-way.
*Some models.
5-61

Driving Your Mazda
J Check Gauge Light J Malfunction comes on after the engine is started, one
Indicator Light of the engine’s emission control systems
may be malfunctioning. The light may
This light comes on when the key is in Your vehicle is equipped with a compu- illuminate without a driveability concern
the ON position and: ter that monitors the engine’s emission being noted. The vehicle will usually be
control system. This system is commonly drivable and will not require towing.
1. The engine coolant temperature is
known as the On Board Diagnostics
high. If the check engine light turns on solid:
System (OBD II). This OBD II system
2. The engine oil pressure is low. protects the environment by ensuring that Temporary malfunctions may cause your
3. The fuel level is near empty. your vehicle continues to meet govern- malfunction indicator light to illumi-
ment emission standards. The OBD II nate. Examples are:
This light will also illuminate for several
system also assists the service technician 1. The vehicle has run out of fuel. (The
seconds after the ignition is turned to the
in properly servicing your vehicle. engine may misfire or run poorly.)
ON position and serves as a notice that
the system needs your attention and to The malfunction indicator light illumi- 2. Poor fuel quality or water in the fuel.
check the engine coolant temperature nates when the ignition is first turned to 3. The fuel cap may not have been
gauge, the engine oil pressure gauge, the ON position to check the bulb. If it securely tightened.
and the fuel level gauge. Please see the
Engine Temperature Gauge, Engine Oil
Pressure Gauge, or Fuel Gauge in this
section for more information.
5-62

Driving Your Mazda
These temporary malfunctions can be If the check engine light is blinking: J 4x4 Indicator Light*
corrected by filling the fuel tank with
good quality fuel and/or properly tight- Engine misfire is occurring which could
ening the gas cap. After three driving damage your catalytic converter. You The 4x4 indicator light comes on when
cycles without these or any other tempo- should drive in a moderate fashion (avoid 4x4 HIGH is activated.
rary malfunctions present, the malfunc- heavy acceleration and deceleration) and
have your vehicle serviced at the first If this light flashes, it indicates that
tion indicator light should turn off. (A there is a malfunction in the 4x4 system
driving cycle consists of a cold engine available opportunity.
and you should take your vehicle in for
startup followed by mixed city/highway
driving.) No additional vehicle service is J Headlight High-Beam service.
required. Indicator Light J 4x4 LOW Indicator
If the malfunction indicator light remains This light indicates one of two things: Light*
on, have your vehicle serviced at the first S The high-beam headlights are on; The 4x4 LOW indicator light comes on
available opportunity.
S The turn-signal lever is in the flash- when 4x4 LOW is activated.
to-pass position. If this light flashes, it indicates that
there is a malfunction in the 4x4 system
and you should take your vehicle in for
service.
*Some models.
5-63

Driving Your Mazda
J Anti-Theft Alarm The light may also flash steadily if a J Cruise Control Light*
Light* transmission malfunction is detected. If
the light does not come on when the
For further information, refer to Sec- transmission control switch is depressed The cruise control light will illuminate in
tion 3. or if the light flashes steadily, have your the instrument cluster when the cruise
vehicle serviced as soon as possible, control system is engaged. The light will
J Overdrive On/Off* damage to the transmission could occur. turn off when the brake pedal is pressed,
the ignition is in the OFF position, or the
Illuminates when the transmission con- J Door Ajar Warning cruise control OFF button is pressed.
trol switch has been pushed turning the Light*
transmission overdrive function OFF. This display does not indicate any prob-
When the light is on, the transmission If the ignition switch is in the ON lems with the cruise control, but is simply
does not operate in the overdrive. position and any door is not completely a convenient way of knowing when cruise
closed, the DOOR AJAR light illumi- control is activated.
nates. If the light illuminates, close the
doors securely.
J Air Bag Warning Light
*Some models.
For further information, refer to Sec-
tion 2.
5-64

Driving Your Mazda
Lighting Control
J Warning Beeps Second stop
t Headlights on beep Head- and taillights, dashboard, parking,
and license lights are on.
This warning sounds if you open the door
while the parking lights or headlights are
on and the ignition key is removed from NOTE
the ignition.
S To prevent discharging the battery,
The warning sounds again after 20 sec- don’t leave the lights on while the
onds if the headlights are on and the doors engine is off.
are closed. S If you stop the engine and leave
t Key-in-ignition beep the lights on, a chime will sound
J Headlights when the driver’s door is opened.
This warning sounds if you open the
driver’s door while the key is in the First stop
ignition. Taillights and dashboard, parking, and
t Seat belt beep license lights are on.
This warning sounds if you turn on the
ignition before you fasten the seat belt.
5-65

Driving Your Mazda
t Headlight high-low beam t Flashing the headlights J Fog Lamps*

Push the lever forward to activate high To flash the headlights, pull the lever Press the fog lamp control button to acti-
beams. Pull the lever toward you to deac- toward you and release it. The headlight vate the fog lamps. The fog lamp control
tivate high beams. switch need not be on, and the lever button will illuminate when the fog lamps
The high-beam indicator light on the will return to the normal position when are on. Press the fog lamps a second time
dashboard is blue. It will remain illumi- released. to deactivate the fog lamps.
nated until the headlights are returned to The high-beam indicator light on the dash- The fog lamp switch is located to the
low beam. board is blue. It will illuminate briefly right of the audio system on the instru-
when the headlights are flashed. ment panel.
*Some models.
5-66

Driving Your Mazda
Green indicators on the dashboard show

which signal is working.
If the indicator light continues to flash
after a turn, manually return the lever to
its original position.
t Lane-change signals
Move the lever slightly toward the direc-
tion of the change—until the indicator
flashes—and hold it there. It will return
to the off position when released.
J Turn and Lane-Change Signals J Combination Cargo and
t Turn signals
NOTE High-Mount Brake Light*
If an indicator light stays on without Use the thumbwheel to the right of the
Move the signal lever down (for a left headlight knob to turn the cargo light on
turn) or up (for a right turn) to the stop flashing or if it flashes abnormally,
the turn signal bulb may be burned out. and off.
position. The signal will self-cancel after
the turn is completed.
*Some models.
5-67

Driving Your Mazda
Windshield Wipers and Washer

t Variable interval wipers
WARNING To set the interval wipers, rotate the knob
Driving With Interior Lights On: at the end of the turn signal lever toward
Do not drive your vehicle with the the front of the vehicle to the wiping
cargo or interior light on. Showing speed you prefer. The shorter lines indi-
a white light to the rear while driv- cate a slow interval wiper speed and the
ing on public roads is illegal in some longer lines indicate a fast interval wiper
places. speed.
t Low or high speed wipers
Turn the wipers on by turning the knob
J Windshield Wipers on the end of the turn signal lever toward
the front of the vehicle. Turn it to
The ignition switch must be in ON or either the s (Low) or ss (High) speed
ACC. position.
5-68

Driving Your Mazda
If the washer doesn’t work, inspect the

fluid level (page 8-36). If it’s OK, con- WARNING
sult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Freezing Washer Fluid:
Do not try to clean the windshield when In freezing temperatures, windshield
the washer fluid container is empty or washer fluid could freeze on the
activate the washers at any time for windshield and block your vision,
more than 15 seconds continuously. This which could easily cause an acci-
could damage the washer pump system. dent. Don’t use the washer without
first warming the windshield.
NOTE
J Windshield Washer The addition of shields to the front

of the vehicle, as used to deflect
The ignition must be in ON or ACC. bugs, may also adversely affect the
washer system from delivering fluid
Push the end of the lever and hold it to
to the windshield. Devices such as
spray washer fluid. In the OFF position,
bug shields are not recommended for
they will automatically make a few wipes
your Mazda vehicle.
after you release the lever.
5-69

Driving Your Mazda
Lighter Power Point

CAUTION
S Don’t hold the lighter in because
it will overheat.
S Don’t use the lighter socket
for plug-in accessories such as
shavers and coffee pots. They
may damage it or cause electri-
cal failure. Use only a genuine
Mazda lighter or the equivalent.
S If the lighter doesn’t pop out
The lighter is located to the left of the The power point outlet should be used in
within 30 seconds, remove it to
audio system on the instrument panel. place of the cigarette lighter for optional
prevent overheating.
To operate the lighter, press it in and electrical accessories.
release it. When ready for use, it auto- The power point outlet is located to the
matically pops out. right of the audio system on the instru-
ment panel.
5-70

Driving Your Mazda
Ashtray Glove Box

WARNING
Optional Electrical Accessories:
Do not use more than 12 volt acces-
sories in the 12 volt power point.
Do not plug optional electrical acces-
sories into the cigarette lighter. Elec-
trical system damage could occur.
Use the power point outlet.
To remove an ashtray, lift it up and out. To open the glove box, lift up the handle
Push the ashtray into the tray holder until and pull the door downward.
it locks.
WARNING
Ashtrays:
Don’t use ashtrays for trash. You
might start a fire.
5-71

Driving Your Mazda
Center Console* Cupholders*

If your Mazda has a bench seat or split-
bench seat, you may have cupholders in
the floor-mounted consolette.
The inside of the cupholders can be
adjusted to various heights to accommo-
date different size cups. They can also be
removed to allow access and cleaning of
the cupholder.
Lift the lid to open the center console. The storage armrest that is equipped with
the 60/40 split bench seat also has a coin
The full console has all of the features tray, utility compartment with cassette/
shown in the illustration above as well as compact disc storage and a map storage
a removable utility bag. pocket.
*Some models.
5-72

Driving Your Mazda
To remove the automatic consolette:

1. Pull the adjustable portion of each
cupholder from the consolette.
2. Remove the rubber pad at the bottom
of each cupholder.
3. Using a quarter, turn the slotted head
at the bottom of each cupholder 90_
(one quarter turn).
4. Lift the consolette from the floor and
secure it in a safe place.
On a manual transmission, the cupholders On an automatic transmission, a remov-
are located on the floor on either side of able consolette may be removed when the
the gearshift lever. center seat position is occupied.
5-73

Driving Your Mazda
Sunvisors Vanity Mirror*
When you need a sunvisor, lower it for To use the vanity mirror, lower the sun-
use in front or swing it to the side. visor on the passenger’s side.
*Some models.
5-74

Driving Your Mazda
Climate Control Systems
5-75

Driving Your Mazda
J Fan Blower Control Knob J Temperature Control Knob J Function Selector Control
This knob allows variable fan speeds. This controls air temperature. Adjust the
Knob
knob to Cool air in the blue range or to Use this knob to direct airflow from the
There are four fan settings, plus an OFF Warm air in the red range. vents.
position. The larger the dot, the higher the
fan setting.
5-76

Driving Your Mazda
t A/C position*
Select A/C to get refrigerated outside air
WARNING
through the instrument panel registers. Fog Build-Up on Interior Glass:
This position is used for cooling except Operating with the function selec-
when it is extremely hot or fast cooling tor in Off or MAX A/C for extended
of the vehicle is needed. In this case, periods of time in cold weather can
select MAX A/C for fast cooling and result in fog build-up on interior
return to A/C when you are comfortable. glass surfaces. This fogging can
make it difficult to see the road for
t MAX A/C position* safe driving. To help prevent fog-
The MAX A/C position produces cool ging, simply draw in outside air
t Off position by placing the function selector
air more rapidly to provide faster cooling
The flow of outside air is shut off; how- of your vehicle. Select MAX A/C to get control knob in , , or
ever, a small amount of air is directed recirculated refrigerated air through the position and adjust the temperature
toward the face. instrument panel registers. as necessary.
*Some models.
5-77

Driving Your Mazda
You can heat the air in this position by

rotating the temperature control knob into
the red (WARM) area. The air cannot be
cooled below the outside temperature
regardless of the temperature control knob
setting. Select A/C or MAX A/C to get
cool air through the instrument panel
registers.
t (VENT) position t (PANEL and FLOOR)

position
Use to bring outside air through the
instrument panel registers. Select for airflow to the floor and
through the instrument panel registers at
the same time.
The air conditioner will operate to cool
the air if the outside temperature is about
50_F (10_C) or warmer.
5-78

Driving Your Mazda
t (FLOOR) position t (FLOOR and DEFROST) t (DEFROST) position

position
Air is delivered to the floor vents. The air is delivered to the windshield. The
The air is delivered to the floor and the compressor is engaged to dehumidify the
The air cannot be cooled in this position windshield. The A/C will operate to cool air if the ambient temperature is above
but can be heated by rotating the temper- the air if the outside temperature is about approximately 50_F (10_C).
ature control knob into the red (WARM) 50_F (10_C) or warmer. The air will also
area. be dehumidified to remove moisture.
5-79

Driving Your Mazda
S For dehumidified heating, turn the

function selector control knob to the
position and turn on the air condi-
tioner. (If the outside temperature is
about 50_F {10_C} or warmer, the air
will automatically be dehumidified.)
t Ventilation t Heating
S Set the function selector knob at the S Set the function selector control knob
position. at the position.
S Set the temperature control knob at a S Set the temperature control knob to
desirable position. the desired position near the red
S Set the fan blower control knob at a (WARM) area.
desirable position. S Set the fan blower control knob.
S Airflow may be controlled by adjust-
ing the side vents.
5-80

Driving Your Mazda
NOTE NOTE
For maximum heating, turn the func- For maximum defrosting, turn the
tion selector control knob to , the function selector control knob to the
temperature control knob to the red (DEFROST) position, the tem-
(WARM) area and turn the fan perature control knob to the red
blower control knob to the highest (WARM) range and the fan blower
setting. control knob to the highest setting.
NOTE NOTE
If the windshield fogs up easily, set J Windshield Defrosting and For maximum defogging, set the
the selector at (DEFROST). Defogging function selector control knob at
S Set the function selector control knob MAX A/C, the temperature control
at (DEFROST). knob to the red (WARM) range and
the fan blower control knob to the
S Set the temperature control knob to highest setting.
the desired position.
S Set the fan blower control knob.
5-81

Driving Your Mazda
J Dehumidifying
NOTE NOTE
(With Air Conditioning)
S If warm air is desired on the floor, Operate the air conditioner in cool or cold Since the air conditioner removes
set the function selector control weather to help defog the windshield and considerable moisture from the air
knob at or . side windows. during operation, it is normal if
S If dehumidified heating is desired, water drips on the pavement under
turn the function selector control S Set the temperature control knob at a the air conditioner drain after you
knob to A/C or MAX A/C. comfortable position. have stopped the vehicle.
S Clear all snow and ice from the S Start the engine. Turn the function
hood and the air inlets in the cowl- selector control knob to A/C or MAX
ing grille to improve heater and A/C.
defroster efficiency and to reduce
the chance of fogging on the inside S Select the desired airflow and fan
of the windshield. speed position.
5-82

Driving Your Mazda
J Heater Controls S If the engine overheats, turn the func-

tion control knob to or to turn NOTE
(Heater-only Vehicles)
the air conditioning OFF and stop the Whenever service to the air condi-
The fan speed, temperature, and func- compressor for a short time.
tion controls are essentially the same as tioning system is required, make sure
the A/C controls with the exception that the service facility uses a refrigerant
the heater-only control assembly has no recycling system. These systems will
NOTE capture the refrigerant for reuse.
function control settings for A/C or
MAX A/C. The optional air conditioner is filled Releasing the refrigerant into the
with R-134a, a refrigerant that will atmosphere can damage our environ-
J Operating Tips not damage the ozone. ment.
t Air-conditioning controls If the air conditioner is low on refrig-

erant or has some other problem, con-
S If the vehicle has been parked in direct sult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
sunlight during hot weather, run the
air conditioner at its coolest setting
with the windows open. This will let
warm air escape.
S Use the air conditioner to clean foggy
windows on rainy days.
5-83

Driving Your Mazda
3. Set the temperature control knob in

the blue (COOL) range. CAUTION
4. Set the fan blower control knob. When using the air conditioner on
For maximum comfort, adjust the fan long hills or in heavy traffic, watch
blower control knob and temperature the temperature gauge closely. If it
control knob. indicates overheating, turn the air
conditioner off (page 4-47).
NOTE
For maximum cooling, set the tem- CAUTION
perature control knob at the extreme
t Cooling* (Air Conditioning) left and set the function selector When stopped in traffic for long
knob at the MAX A/C position. Then periods of time in hot weather, place
1. Start the engine. the automatic transmission gearshift
turn the fan blower control knob to
2. Turn the function selector control the far right for the highest speed. selector in P (Park), or in N (Neutral)
knob to A/C or MAX A/C. for manual transmissions, to increase
the engine idle speed.
*Some models.
5-84

Driving Your Mazda
NOTE WARNING NOTE

Slight increases and decreases in When your vehicle’s engine is oper-
Foggy Windshield:
engine rpm may be noticed. This ated at full throttle, the air conditioner
should be considered normal because Don’t use the position during compressor will automatically be
of A/C compressor cycling. The reduc- cool operation in very humid out- turned off to allow maximum engine
tion in compressor operation helps side weather. The difference between power. This may occur during pass-
improve fuel economy. outside air and windshield temper- ing or when climbing steep grades.
atures could fog up the inside of the The compressor will return to normal
windshield. Choose one of the other operation within a few seconds after
positions. full throttle is no longer needed.
5-85

Driving Your Mazda
Radio Reception
J AM Characteristics J FM Characteristics FM transmitter signals are similar to

t Station Mixing An FM broadcast range usually extends beams of light because they don’t bend
up to about 25 to 30 miles (40 to 50 km) around corners, but they do reflect.
AM signals bend around such things as
buildings and mountains and bounce off from the source. Because of extra coding Unlike AM signals, they cannot travel
the ionosphere. Therefore, they can needed to break the sound into two chan- beyond the horizon. That’s why FM sta-
reach longer distances than FM signals. nels, stereo FM has even less range than tions can’t reach the great distances AM
But because of this, two stations may monaural (nonstereo) FM. stations can.
sometimes be picked up at once on the
same frequency.
5-86

Driving Your Mazda
Atmospheric conditions can also affect To minimize these conditions, a stereo/

FM reception. High humidity will cause mono blend circuit has been incorporated
poor reception, but cloudy days may pro- into this system. This feature automati-
vide better reception than clear days. cally switches a weak stereo signal to a
clear monaural signal, which improves
the quality of reception.
t Multipath noise
Because FM signals can be reflected by
obstructions, the direct signal and the
reflected signal may be received at once.
This slightly delays reception and may be
heard as a broken sound or a distortion.
This problem may also arise when recep-
tion is close to the station transmitter.
5-87

Driving Your Mazda
t Strong signal noise

This occurs very close to a transmission
tower. The broadcast signals are
extremely strong, so the result is noise
and sound breakup at the radio receiver.
t Flutter/skip noise t Weak signal noise

FM signals move in straight lines and In some areas, broadcast signals become
weaken in valleys between tall buildings, weak, because of distance from the trans-
mountains, and other obstacles. Recep- mitter. Reception in such fringe areas is
tion in these areas may fade out and result characterized by sound breakup
in annoying noise.
5-88

Driving Your Mazda
t Station drift noise

When a vehicle reaches the area of two
strong stations broadcasting at similar
frequencies, the original station may be
temporarily lost and the second station
picked up. At this time there will be some
noise from the disturbance.
5-89

Driving Your Mazda
AM/FM Radio
5-90

Driving Your Mazda
AM/FM Radio with Cassette Player*
*Some models.
5-91

Driving Your Mazda
AM/FM Radio with Compact Disc Player*
*Some models.
5-92

Driving Your Mazda
AM/FM Radio with Cassette and Compact Disc Player*
*Some models.
5-93

Driving Your Mazda
If you have an AM/FM radio with cas-

sette and CD player, audio power can
also be turned on by pressing the
AM/FM select control or the Tape/CD
select control. Audio power is turned off
by using the VOL/PUSH ON knob.
J How to Adjust the Volume
Turn the VOL/PUSH ON knob to the
right to increase the volume and to the
left to decrease the volume.
J How to Turn the Radio On J AM/FM Select
and Off NOTE
The AM/FM select control works in radio,
Press the VOL/PUSH ON knob to turn If the volume level is set above a tape and CD modes (if equipped).
the audio system on or off. certain level and the ignition switch
is turned off, the volume will come
back on at a ‘‘nominal’’ listening
level when the ignition switch is
turned back on.
5-94

Driving Your Mazda
t AM/FM select in radio mode If you have an AM/FM radio, press the
This control allows you to select AM or TONE control once, then use the volume
FM frequency bands. Press the control to knob to adjust the level.
switch between AM, FM1 or FM2
memory preset stations.
t AM/FM select in tape mode*
Press AM/FM to stop tape play and
begin radio play.
t AM/FM select in CD mode*
Press AM/FM to stop CD play and begin
J Tone Balance and Speaker
radio play.
Output
t Bass adjust
The bass adjust control allows you to
increase or decrease the audio system’s
bass output.
*Some models.
5-95

Driving Your Mazda
If you have an AM/FM radio with cas- If you have an AM/FM radio with t Treble adjust
sette or CD player, press s to increase or cassette and CD player, press the BASS
t to decrease the bass output. control then press: The treble adjust control allows you to
increase or decrease the audio system’s
A to decrease bass output treble output.
" to increase bass output
If you have an AM/FM radio, press the
TONE control twice, then use the vol-
ume knob to adjust the level.
5-96

Driving Your Mazda
If you have an AM/FM radio with cas- If you have an AM/FM radio with t Speaker balance adjust
sette or CD player, press s to increase or cassette and CD player, press the TREB
t to decrease the treble output. control then press: Speaker sound distribution can be
adjusted between the right and left
A to decrease treble output speakers.
" to increase treble output
If you have and AM/FM radio, press the
TONE control three times, then use the
volume knob to adjust the level.
5-97

Driving Your Mazda
If you have an AM/FM radio with If you have an AM/FM radio with t Speaker fade adjust
cassette or CD player, speaker sound cassette and CD player, press the BAL
distribution can be adjusted between the control then press: Speaker sound can be adjusted between
right (s) and left (t) speakers. the front and rear speakers.
A to shift sound to the left
" to shift sound to the right If you have an AM/FM radio, press the
TONE control four times, then use the
volume knob to adjust the level.
5-98

Driving Your Mazda
If you have an AM/FM radio with cas- If you have an AM/FM radio with J Clock Operation
sette or CD player, speaker sound can be cassette and CD player, press the FADE
adjusted between the front (s) and rear Press the CLK control button to display
control then press:
(t) speakers. the time. The time will continue to be
A to shift sound to the front displayed until a radio, tape or CD func-
" to shift sound to the rear tion is chosen.
5-99

Driving Your Mazda
After 10 seconds, the time will again t Setting the clock

appear in the display. To display radio or
tape information only, press the CLK Press CLK to toggle between listening
control button a second time. frequencies and clock mode while in
radio mode.
To set the hour, press and hold the CLK
NOTE control button and press:
The clock can be displayed whether SEEK A to decrease hours
the ignition is on or off. SEEK " to increase hours
To set the minute, press and hold the
CLK control button and press:
J TUNE Adjust
TUNE A to decrease minutes
TUNE " to increase minutes The TUNE control works in the radio
mode.
5-100

Driving Your Mazda
t TUNE adjust in radio mode t SEEK function in radio mode

Press A to move to the next frequency Press A to find the next listenable sta-
down the band (whether or not a listen- tion down the frequency band.
able station is located there). Hold the
control to move through the frequencies Press " to find the next listenable sta-
quickly. tion up the frequency band.
Press " to move to the next frequency up t SEEK function in tape mode*
the band (whether or not a listenable sta- Press A to listen to the previous selec-
tion is located there). Hold for quick tion on the tape.
movement.
Press " to listen to the next selection
J SEEK Function on the tape.
The SEEK control function works in the
radio mode.
If you have an AM/FM radio with cas-
sette and CD player, the SEEK control
function works in the radio, tape and CD
mode. *Some models.
5-101

Driving Your Mazda
t SEEK function in CD mode* t SCAN function in tape mode*

Press A to seek to the previous track on If you have an AM/FM radio with cas-
the disc. sette and CD player, press the SCAN
control to hear a short sampling of all
Press " to seek to the next track on the selections on the tape. (The tape scans in
disc. After the last track has been com- a forward direction. At the end of the
pleted, the first track of the disc will tape’s first side, direction automatically
automatically replay. reverses to the opposite side of the tape.)
To stop on a particular selection, press
the control again.
t SCAN function in CD mode*
t SCAN function in radio mode*
Press the SCAN control to hear a short
The SCAN control function is available sampling of all selections on the CD.
on all audio systems except the AM/FM (The CD scans in a forward direction,
radio. wrapping back to the first track at the
Press the SCAN control to hear a brief end of the CD.) To stop on a particular
sampling of all listenable stations on selection, press the control again.
the frequency band. Press the control
*Some models. again to stop the scan mode.
5-102

Driving Your Mazda
t Setting memory preset stations t Starting autoset memory preset

1. Select a frequency band with the 1. Select a frequency using the AM/FM
AM/FM select control. select controls.
2. Select a station. 2. Press the AUTO control.
3. Press and hold a memory preset but- 3. When the first six strong stations are
ton until the sound returns, indicating filled, the station stored in memory
the station is held in memory on the preset control 1 will start playing.
control you selected.
If there are less than six strong stations
J Autoset Memory Preset* available on the frequency band, the
remaining memory preset controls will
t Radio station memory preset Autoset allows you to set strong radio
stations without losing your original all store the last strong station available.
The radio is equipped with four or six
manually set preset stations. This fea- To deactivate autoset and return to your
station memory preset buttons. These
ture is helpful on trips when you travel audio system’s manually set memory
buttons can be used to select up to four
between cities with different radio stations, press the AUTO control again.
or six preset AM stations and eight or
stations.
twelve FM stations (four or six in FM1
and four or six in FM2).
*Some models
5-103

Driving Your Mazda
To activate the feature, momentarily

depress the TAPE AMS button. Then,
press either REW (for the beginning of
the current selection) or FF (to advance
to the next selection). The tape deck
stops and returns to play mode when the
AMS circuit senses a blank section on
the tape.
In order to ensure proper operation of the
AMS feature, the tape MUST have a
blank section of at least 4 seconds dura-
tion between programs.
J Automatic Music Search* J How to Insert a Tape*
The Automatic Music Search feature Your cassette tape player is equipped with
allows you to quickly locate the begin- power loading. Once you insert a tape and
push slightly (with the open edge to the
ning of the tape selection being played or right), the loading mechanism draws the
to skip to the next selection. tape the rest of the way in and play will
begin after a momentary (one second)
tape tightening process. Display indicates
‘‘TAPE’’ while tape is playing.
*Some models.
5-104

Driving Your Mazda
J How to Insert a Compact Disc

NOTE NOTE
and Begin Playing*
Insert a disc, label side up, into the disc Once a disc is inserted, the disc The CD player has heat protection
opening. When inserted, the disc auto- opening is secured to prevent the circuitry to protect the laser diode. If
matically loads into the unit and play accidental insertion of another disc. the temperature of the player reaches
starts at the beginning of the first track 167_F (76_C), the heat detection
(selection). circuit will shut off the player and
(CD HOT) will scroll in the dis–
play for approximately five seconds
(radio will resume playing). When
the temperature returns to normal
operating range, the CD player will
again be operational.
*Some models.
5-105

Driving Your Mazda
J Tape/CD Select* t Rewind* t Fast forward*

To begin tape play (with a tape loaded in The rewind control works in tape and The fast forward control works in tape
the audio system) while in the radio or CD modes. and CD modes.
CD mode, press the TAPE control. In tape mode, radio play will continue In tape mode, tape direction will auto-
Press the button during rewind or fast until rewind is stopped (with the TAPE matically reverse when the end of the
forward to stop the rewind or fast for- control) or the beginning of the tape is tape is reached.
ward function. reached. If you have an AM/FM radio with cas-
If you have an AM/FM radio with cassette and CD player, pressing the FF
To begin CD play (if CDs are loaded),
sette and CD player, pressing the REW control in the CD mode fast forwards the
press the CD control. The first track of
control rewinds the CD within the cur- CD within the current track.
the disc will begin playing. After that,
rent track.
CD play will begin where it stopped last.
*Some models.
5-106

Driving Your Mazda
J Tape Direction Select* Dolby noise reduction is manufactured

Press SIDE 1-2 to play the alternate side under license from Dolby Laboratories
of a tape. Licensing Corporation. ‘‘Dolby’’ and the
double-D symbol are trademarks of
J Eject Function* Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corpora-
tion.
Press the control to stop and eject a tape
and/or CD.
J Dolbyr Noise Reduction*

Dolbyr noise reduction operates only
in tape mode.
Dolbyr reduces the amount of hiss and
static during tape playback. Press the
control to activate (and deactivate) the
noise reduction.
*Some models.
5-107

Driving Your Mazda
J Shuffle Feature*
The shuffle feature operates in CD mode
and plays all tracks on the current disc in
random order.
Press the SHUFFLE control to start this
feature. Random order play will continue
until the SHUFFLE control is pressed
again.
J Compression Adjust* J Mute*

Compression adjust brings soft and loud Press this button to mute the sound with-
CD passages together for a more consis- out turning off the radio. “Audio Mute”
tent listening level. will appear on the display. Press again to
return to normal operation.
Press the COMP control to activate and
deactivate compression adjust.
*Some models.
5-108

Driving Your Mazda
J Tips on Caring for the S Only cassettes that are 90 minutes S If a tape is loose inside the cassette,
Cassette Player and Tapes* long or less should be used. Tapes tighten it before playing by putting
longer than 90 minutes are thinner your finger or a pencil into one of the
In order to keep your cassette tape player and subject to breakage or may jam holes and turning the hub until the
performing the way it was meant to, read the tape player’s mechanism. tape is tight.
and follow these simple precautions:
S Protect cassettes from exposure to S Loose labels on cassette tapes can
S Using a Mazda Cassette Cleaning direct sunlight, high humidity and become lodged in the mechanism.
Cartridge to clean the tape player extreme hot or cold. If they are Remove any loose label material
head after 10-12 hours of play will exposed to extreme conditions, allow before inserting the cassette.
help maintain the best playback them to reach a moderate tempera-
sound and proper tape operation. ture before playing. S Do not leave a tape in the cassette
tape player. High heat in the vehicle
can cause the cassette to warp.
* Some models.
5-109

Driving Your Mazda
J How to Take Care of and S Do not clean discs with solvents such
Clean Your System and Discs* as benzine, thinner, commercially WARNING
available cleaners or antistatic spray
Your system is designed to give years intended for analog records. Disassembling the Compact Disc
of listening enjoyment. To ensure this Changer System:
continued performance, carefully read S Do not expose the disc to direct sun-
light or heat sources such as defroster The use of optical instruments with
the following precaution: this product will increase eye hazard
and floor heating ducts. Do not leave
S Always handle the disc by its edge. any discs in a parked car in direct as the laser beam used in this com-
Never touch the playing surface. sunlight where there may be a consid- pact disc changer system is harmful
erable rise in temperature or damage to the eyes. Do not attempt to dis-
S Before playing, inspect the disc for may result. assemble the case. Refer servicing to
any contamination. If needed, clean qualified personnel only.
the disc with an approved disc cleaner, S After playing, store the disc in its case.
such as the Discwasher Compact Disc S If a disc has already been inserted, do
Cleaner or the Allsop 3 Compact Disc not try to insert another disc. Doing
Cleaner, by wiping from the center out so may damage the disc player.
to the edges. Do not use a circular
motion to clean. S Do not insert anything other than a
disc into the disc player.
*Some models.
5-110

Driving Your Mazda
J Common Operating S Different manufacturers of compact S Moisture may have condensed on the
Conditions* discs may produce discs with differ- lenses within the unit. If this occurs,
ent dimensions or tolerances, some remove the disc and wait approxi-
The following information is designed of which may not be within industry mately an hour until the moisture
to help recognize typical situations standards or in accordance with the evaporates.
that could be mistakenly interpreted as CD format. Because of this, a new
mechanical malfunctions of the compact disc that is free of dust and scratches If the sound skips:
disc player: could be defective and may not play S Badly scratched discs or extremely
S A disc is already loaded. on your disc player. rough roads will cause the sound to
skip. Skipping will not damage the
S The disc is inserted with the label If play does not begin once the disc has disc player or scratch the disc.
surface downward. been inserted:
S The unit may be in the stop mode.
S The disc is dusty or defective.
S The player temperature is above 167_F
(76_C). Allow the player to cool off
before operating.
*Some models.
5-111

Memo
5-112

In Case of Emergency
6 Because an emergency can occur any time, we strongly urge you to become familiar with this section
of your manual. It provides helpful information on what to do if the engine overheats, if you have a flat
tire, and if the battery is discharged.
You will also find out what to do if you confront a problem in the electrical system, and there’s some
guidance on the correct way to tow your Mazda.
Hazard Warning Flasher 6- 2

Overheating 6- 3
Emergency Starting 6- 4
Fuses and Circuit Breakers 6- 8
Towing 6-18
Flat Tire 6-26

Hazard Warning Flasher

The hazard warning lights should always charged and in good condition. They will
be used when you stop on or near a road- not drain the battery excessively. If the
way. flashers run for longer than two hours or
if your battery is not fully charged, your
Depress the hazard warning button and battery can be drained.
all four turn signals will flash at once. To
stop the hazard flashers, press the button
again. NOTE
The flashers will flash and the high mount S The turn signals don’t work when
brake light will stay on steadily (not flash) the hazard lights are on.
with the brake pedal depressed. S Check local regulations about the
The flashers work whether your vehicle use of hazard warning lights while
The hazard warning lights warn other
is running or not. The flashers work for the vehicle is being towed. They
drivers that your vehicle is a traffic
up to two hours when the battery is fully may forbid it.
hazard and that they must take extreme
caution when near it.
6-2

Overheating
If the temperature gauge indicates over- 3. If neither coolant nor steam is
heating, if you experience power loss, or WARNING escaping, open the hood.
if you hear a loud knocking or pinging
noise, the engine is probably too hot. Overheated Engine: 4. Visually inspect the alternator/water
Overheated engines are dangerous. pump drive belt for looseness and
If this happens: The escaping steam could seriously breakage and all cooling hose connec-
burn you. tions for leaks. If the belt is broken or
1. Drive safely to the side of the road coolant is leaking, call an Authorized
and park off the right-of-way. Set an If steam is coming from the engine Mazda Dealer for assistance.
automatic transmission in P (Park), a compartment, don’t go near the
manual transmission in N (Neutral). front of the vehicle. Stop the engine. 5. If the drive belt is OK, if the engine
Apply the parking brake. Turn the Open the hood ONLY after steam is is cool, and if no coolant leaks are
engine off and let it cool. no longer escaping from the engine. obvious, inspect the coolant level.
Carefully add coolant as required
2. The air conditioner must be off. (page 8-22).
6-3

Emergency Starting
J Jump-Starting
WARNING Jump-starting is dangerous if done in-
CAUTION
Radiator Cap: correctly. So follow procedures carefully. Do not disconnect the battery of the
When the engine and radiator are If you feel unsure about jump-starting, vehicle that needs a jump-start. You
hot, scalding coolant and steam we strongly recommend that you have a could damage the vehicle’s electrical
may shoot out under pressure and competent service technician do the system.
cause serious injury. Don’t remove work.
the radiator cap when the engine
and radiator are hot.
CAUTION WARNING
Battery-Related Explosion:
Use only a 12-volt booster system.
CAUTION You can damage a 12-volt starter Hydrogen gas is produced during
motor, ignition system, and other normal battery operation. A battery-
If the engine continues to overheat or electrical parts beyond repair with related explosion can cause serious
frequently overheats, have the cool- a 24-volt power supply (two 12-volt injury. Keep all flames (including
ing system inspected. The engine batteries in series or a 24-volt motor cigarettes), heat, and sparks away
could be seriously damaged unless generator set). from the top and surrounding area
repairs are made. of open battery cells.
6-4

WARNING CAUTION
Jump-Starting: If the booster is in another vehicle,
Jump-starting a frozen battery or don’t allow the vehicles to touch. A
one with a low fluid level is danger- short could be created.
ous. It may rupture or explode,
causing serious injury. Don’t jump- 2. Turn off the engine of the vehicle and
start a frozen battery or one with a all unnecessary electrical loads.
low fluid level.
1. Make sure the booster battery is

12-volts and that its negative termi-
nal is grounded.
6-5

3. Connect the jumper cables in the 4. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
exact sequence as shown in the and run it a few minutes. Then start WARNING
illustration. the engine of the other vehicle.
Handling the Battery:
(1) Connect one end of a cable to the 5. When finished, carefully disconnect Applying too much pressure on the
positive terminal on the discharged the cables in the reverse order ends when lifting a battery could
battery ¬. described in Step 3. cause acid to spill. Lift the battery
(2) Attach the other end to the posi- After your vehicle is started, let it idle for with a carrier or with your hands
tive terminal on the booster . a while to let the engine “relearn” its idle on the opposite corners. Batteries
conditions and drive it around for a little contain sulfuric acid which burns
(3) Connect one end of the other while with all electrical accessories skin, eyes and clothing. If acid
cable to the negative terminal of turned off to let the battery recharge. You touches someone’s skin, eyes or
the booster ®. may need to use a battery charger to fully clothing, immediately flush the area
recharge the battery. with water for at least 15 minutes.
(4) Connect the other end to a solid,
If someone swallows the acid, have
stationary, metallic point (for exam-
him or her drink lots of milk or
ple, the engine lifting bracket or the
water first, then Milk of Magnesia,
strut mounting bolt) away from the
a beaten egg or vegetable oil. Call
battery ¯. a doctor immediately.
6-6

J Push-Starting
WARNING WARNING You can’t start a vehicle with an auto-
Connecting to Negative Terminal: Connecting Jumper Cable to a matic transmission by pushing it.
Connecting the end of the second Moving Part:
cable to the negative (–) terminal of Connecting a jumper cable near or CAUTION
the discharged battery is danger- to a moving part is dangerous. The
ous. A spark could cause the gas cable could get caught when the You shouldn’t push-start a vehicle
around the battery to explode and engine starts and cause serious that has a manual transmission. It can
injure someone. Connect the cable injury. Never connect a jumper damage the emission control system.
to a point away from the battery. cable to or near any part that moves.
6-7

Fuses and Circuit Breakers

If any lights, accessories, or controls
WARNING don’t work, inspect the appropriate cir-
cuit protector. If a fuse has blown, the
Towing a Vehicle to Start It: inside element will be melted.
Towing a vehicle to start it could be
dangerous. The sudden surge for- If the same fuse blows again, avoid using
ward when the engine starts could that system and consult an Authorized
cause the two vehicles to collide. Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
Therefore, never tow a vehicle to
start it.
Your vehicle’s electrical system is pro-

tected by fuses and circuit breakers.
6-8

Some spare fuses have been supplied for

your use: one 10 amp (red), one 15 amp
(blue), one 20 amp (yellow), and one 30
amp (light green). If you use these spare
fuses, replace them with other fuses of
the same rating so you will have them
when you need them.
J Fuse Replacement 2. Pull the fuse straight out with the

fuse puller provided on the fuse block
If the electrical system doesn’t work, cover.
first inspect fuses on the driver’s side of
3. Inspect it and replace it if it’s blown.
the instrument panel.
4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
1. Turn off the ignition and other
and make sure it fits tightly. If it
switches.
doesn’t, have an Authorized Mazda
Dealer install it.
6-9

CAUTION WARNING
Always replace a fuse with one of Replacing Fuses:
the same rating. Otherwise you may Always disconnect the battery before
damage the electrical system. removing the cover to the fuse block
to replace an open (blown) high cur-
rent fuse.
Always replace the cover to the
fuse block before reconnecting the
battery.
If the headlights or other electrical com-
ponents don’t work and the fuses in the
cabin are OK, inspect the fuse block
(power distribution box) under the hood.
If a fuse is blown, it must be replaced.
Follows these steps:
1. Turn off the ignition and all other
switches.
6-10

2. Open the fuse block cover by squeez- Always replace a circuit breaker with
ing the tabs on one end and pulling one of the same rating.
the cover upward.
To remove a circuit breaker located in
3. If a fuse is blown, replace it with a the engine compartment fuse block, grip
new one of the same rating. it with your finger and thumb and pull it
straight out of the socket.
J Circuit Breakers
Circuit breakers will reset themselves
and allow the electrical parts to work
again once the overload on the circuit is
removed. If the circuit breakers continue
to cut off electricity, have the electrical
system checked by an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
6-11

J Fuse Panel Description t Interior fuse panel

Interior FUSE PROTECTED
NUMBER RATING COMPONENT
fuse
panel 1 5A Power Mirror
Blower Motor Relay, Air Bag Diagnostic Monitor,
2 10A
Passive Deactivation (PAD) Module
Trailer Tow Connector
3 7.5A
(LH Stop/Turn)
4 — Not Used
5 10A 4x4 Control Module
6 — Not Used
Trailer Tow Connector
7 7.5A
(LH Stop/Turn)
8 — Not Used
9 7.5A Stoplamp Switch
Cruise Control Servo/Amplifier Assy., GEM/CTM,
10 7.5A Shift Lock Actuator, Blend Door Actuator, A/C
Heater Control Assy., Turn Signals
6-12

FUSE PROTECTED FUSE PROTECTED

NUMBER NUMBER
RATING COMPONENT RATING COMPONENT
Instrument Cluster, Main Light Switch, RABS 21 20A Flasher
11 7.5A
Resistor
22 20A Auxiliary Power Point
12 — —
23 — —
13 20A Brake Pedal Position Switch
Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch, Starter
14 20A RABS Module 24 7.5A
Interrupt Relay
14 10A 4WABS Mod., 4WABS Main Relay 25 — Not Used
15 — Not Used Battery Saver Relay, 4x4 Electronic Shift Relay,
Interior Lamp Relay, 4x4 Elec. Shift Control
W/W Motor, Wiper Hi-Lo Relay, Wiper Run/Park 26 10A Module, Dome/Map Lamp, Instrument
16 30A
Relay, Washer Pump Relay Illumination Dimming Module, Restraint Control
17 25A Cigar Lighter, Data Link Connector (DLC) Module, GEM/CTM, Instrument Cluster
18 — Not Used 27 — Not Used
19 25A PCM Power Diode, Ignition, PATS 28 7.5A GEM/CTM System, Radio
20 7.5A GEM/CTM, Radio 29 15A Radio
30 — Not Used
6-13

FUSE PROTECTED
NUMBER
RATING COMPONENT
31 — Not Used
32 — Not Used
33 15A Headlights, DRL Module, Instrument Cluster
34 — Not Used
15A or ISA Horn Relay if not Equipped with Truck
35 Not Used Security Module
36 — Not Used
6-14

Engine compartment
fuse block
6-15

AMP AMP
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER DESCRIPTION
RATING RATING
1 50A I/P Fuse Panel 17 — —
2 — Not Used 18 — —
3 — Not Used 19 — —
4 — Not Used 20 — —
5 — Not Used 21 10A PCM Memory
6 50A ABS Pump Motor 22 — —
7 30A Powertrain Control Module 23 20A Fuel Pump Motor
8 20A Power Door Locks and Remote Entry 24 30A Headlights
9 — — 25 10A A/C Clurtch
10 — — 26 — —
11 50A Starter Relay Ignition Switch 27 — —
12 10A PCM Memory 28 30A 4WABS Module
13 20A 4x4 Motor 29 — —
14 — — 30 15A Trailer Tow
15 — — 31 20A Fog Lamps, Day Time Running Lamps (DRL)
16 40A Blower Motor 32 — —
6-16

AMP AMP
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER DESCRIPTION
RATING RATING
33 15A Park Lamp 46B — Front Washer Pump
34 — — 47A — Not Used
35 — — 47B — Not Used
36 — — 48A — Fog Lamp
37 — — 48B — Fog Lamp Relay
38 10A Left Headlamp Low Beam 49 — Full Starter
39 — — 50A — Not Used
40 — — 50B — Fuel Pump
41 — Heated Oxygen Sensors 51 — Not Used
42 10A Right Headlamp Low Beam 52 — Not Used
43 — — 53 — Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Diode
44 — — 54 — Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Diode
45A — Wiper High/Low 55 — Blower
45B — Wiper Park/Run 56A — A/C Clutch Solenoid
46A — Not Used 56B — Trailer Tow
6-17

Towing
We recommend that towing be done only
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a
commercial tow-truck service.
Proper lifting and towing are necessary
to prevent damage to the vehicle. State
and local laws must be followed.
When a vehicle is towed on its front
wheels, lock the steering wheel in a
straight ahead position with a steering
wheel clamp.
On 4x2 vehicles, it is acceptable to tow
the vehicle with the front wheels on the
ground and the rear wheels off the
ground.
On 4x4 vehicles, it is recommended that
your vehicle be towed with a wheel lift
or flatbed equipment.
Do not tow with slingbelt equipment.
6-18

J Towing with Front Wheels J Towing with Rear Wheels

WARNING on Ground on Ground
Disconnecting Propeller Shaft: Before your vehicle is towed on its front Before your vehicle is towed on its rear
When disconnecting/connecting the wheels, release the parking brake and put wheels, release the parking brake and put
propeller shaft, the parking brake the gearshift (both manual and automatic) the gearshift (both manual and automatic)
must be set and the wheels must be in N (Neutral). If the transmission is in N (Neutral). If the transmission is
blocked to ensure the vehicle does malfunctioning, place the front wheels on malfunctioning, place the rear wheels on
not roll during this procedure. dollies or disconnect the front propeller dollies or disconnect the rear propeller
shaft. If the transfer case is malfunction- shaft. If the transfer case is malfunction-
ing, disconnect the front propeller shaft ing, disconnect the rear propeller shaft
from the axle and secure or place the from the axle and secure or place the rear
front wheels on dollies. wheels on dollies.
6-19

J Towing 2-Wheel Drive Vehicles 2. Lock the steering wheel straight t Towing a vehicle with a manual
ahead. transmission with front wheels off
t Towing with rear wheels off the the ground or with all four wheels
ground 3. Do not exceed 55 mph (88 km/h). on the ground:
For manual or automatic transmissions: 1. Place the transmission in N (Neutral).
1. Place the transmission in N (Neutral). 2. There is no limitation on the distance
you can tow with a manual transmis-
sion.
6-20

3. Do not exceed the maximum speed t Towing a vehicle with a manual

limited by the towing equipment NOTE transmission with all four wheels
manufacturer’s recommendations. If you must tow farther than 50 miles on the ground:
t Towing a vehicle with an (80 km) or faster than 35 mph (56 1. Place the transmission in N (Neutral).
automatic transmission with all km/h), you must disconnect the pro-
four wheels on the ground or with peller shaft. Even with the propeller 2. There is no limitation on distance.
the front wheels off the ground: shaft disconnected, you should not
3. Maximum speed is limited by the
exceed 55 mph (88 km/h).
1. Place the transmission in N (Neutral). towing equipment manufacturer’s
recommendations.
2. Do not drive faster than 35 mph J Towing 4-Wheel Drive Vehicles
(56 km/h). t Towing with an electronic shift
On 4x4 vehicles, it is recommended that control system transfer case
3. Do not tow farther than 50 miles
(80 km). your vehicle be towed with a wheel lift
For manual or automatic transmissions:
or flatbed equipment.
1. Place the gear selector lever in N
(Neutral).
2. Place the transfer case in 2WD.
6-21

S For manual transmissions:

NOTE NOTE When towing your vehicle with the
With the ignition in the ON position, Confirm by observation that the rear wheels on the ground and the
both the 4x4 and 4x4 LOW lights in front propeller shaft is not rotating driveshafts connected, do not exceed
the instrument cluster will be off prior to towing with the rear wheels 55 mph (80 km/h). If a distance of
when the transfer case is in 2WD. off the ground. 50 miles (80 km) is exceeded, dis-
engage the automatic locking hubs.
3. Lock the steering wheel straight S For automatic transmissions:
ahead if the vehicle is to be towed When towing your vehicle with the
with rear wheels off the ground. rear wheels on the ground or all four WARNING
wheels on the ground and the propel- Towing Your Vehicle:
S If you tow your vehicle with the rear ler shafts connected, do not exceed
wheels off the ground, the front axle 35 mph (56 km/h) or transmission Never use a tow bar that attaches
automatic locking hubs must first be damage could result. If a distance of to the bumper when you tow your
disengaged by shifting the transfer 50 miles (80 km) is exceeded, disen- vehicle. You could damage the
case to 2WD. Do not tow faster than gage the automatic locking hubs and bumper and cause an accident.
55 mph (88 km/h). disconnect the rear propeller shaft
from the axle and secure. (Maximum
speed is 55 mph {88 km/h} with pro-
peller shafts disconnected.)
6-22

If the ignition key is not available to J Recreational Towing 4. Maximum distance is 50 miles (80 km).
unlock the steering column, place a dolly
under the rear wheels and tow the vehicle Towing your vehicle can be successfully
with the front wheels raised. performed by following the appropriate NOTE
guidelines for the type of powertrain on
When a vehicle is towed on its front the vehicle to be towed. The following Mazda recommends the propeller
wheels, lock the steering wheel in a guidelines, by powertrain combination, shaft be removed/installed only by
straight ahead position with a steering are designed to ensure that the transmis- a qualified technician. See your
wheel clamp. Do not use the vehicle’s sion is not damaged due to insufficient Authorized Mazda Dealer for pro-
steering column lock to secure the wheels lubrication. peller shaft removal/installation.
in a straight ahead position when pulled
from the rear. t Towing 2-wheel drive vehicles If a distance of 50 miles (80 km) or speed
Automatic transmission with all four of 35 mph (56 km/h) will be exceeded,
wheels on the ground: you must:
1. Release the parking brake.

2. Place the transmission gear selector
lever in N (Neutral).
3. Maximum speed is 35 mph (56 km/h).
6-23

S Disconnect the propeller shaft at the t Towing 4-wheel drive vehicles

rear differential and properly support WARNING Electronic shift transfer case with all
it under the vehicle.
Disconnecting the Propeller Shaft: four wheels on the ground:
S Mark the propeller shaft and axle When disconnecting/installing the
flanges to ensure proper position Regarding recreational towing, 4x4
propeller shaft, the parking brake vehicles with electronic shift on the fly
when reconnecting the propeller must be set and the wheels must be
shaft. cannot be towed with any wheels on the
blocked to ensure the vehicle does ground (with the exception of moving it
Refer to the workshop manual for not roll during this procedure. as a disabled vehicle off the road out of
proper propeller shaft fastener torque traffic.
specifications. Manual transmission with all four
S Maximum speed is 55 mph (88 km/h), wheels on the ground:
unlimited distance. 1. Release the parking brake.
2. Place the transmission gearshift in
N (Neutral).
3. Maximum speed is limited by towing
equipment manufacturer’s recommen-
dation.
6-24

the vehicle in this condition, you must

WARNING follow the following guidelines: NOTE
Removing the Propeller Shaft: S Place the transfer case in 4H by rotat- Both the 4x4 and 4x4 LOW indicator
ing the electronic shift transfer case lights in the instrument cluster will
When removing/installing the pro- (2WD/4x4) knob to 4WD HIGH. be off when the transfer case is in
peller shaft, the parking brake must 2WD.
be set and the wheels must be S Drive the vehicle only on good sur-
blocked to ensure the vehicle does face roads to avoid excessive loads
on the front-wheel drive system. S Confirm the front hubs are unlocked
not roll during this procedure.
by inspecting the front propeller shaft
S Maximum speed is 35 mph (56 km/hr). to verify it does not turn when the
Manual transmission with all four S Maximum distance is 50 miles (80 km). vehicle is towed.
wheels on the ground:
S Avoid quick acceleration and steep In addition to the above guidelines, it is
S Maximum speed is 55 mph (88 km/h), grades. recommended that you follow the instruc-
unlimited distance.
tions provided by the manufacturer of the
To return the vehicle to a towable condi-
Limited vehicle operation, such as towing apparatus.
tion, you must:
driving the vehicle while at a campsite,
can be accomplished with the rear pro- S Place the transfer case in 2WD by
peller shaft removed by using the front rotating the electronic shift transfer
drive to propel the vehicle. To operate case (2WD/4x4) knob to 2WD.
6-25

Flat Tire
J Tire, Jack, and Tool Storage
6-26

Regular cab Cab plus – 2-Door Cab plus – 4-Door
t To remove the jack, jack handles On 2-door Cab Plus vehicles, the jack, On 4-door Cab Plus vehicles, the jack,
and lug wrench: jack handles and lug wrench are located jack handles and lug wrench are located
On regular cab vehicles, the jack, jack behind the passenger-side jump seat. The between the jump seats.
handles and lug wrench are located jack handles are located in a tool bag.
directly behind the passenger seat. Turn the thumbscrew counterclockwise To remove the jack cover, turn the cover
to remove the jack, jack handles, tool bag screw to the left and lift up. Turn the
To remove the jack cover, remove the yellow knob to the left to remove the
hold down screw and lift up. Loosen the and lug wrench.
jack, jack handles and lug wrench.
thumbwheel and remove the jack, jack
handles and lug wrench.
6-27

3. Insert the straight end of the jack han- 3. Turn the spare handle clockwise until
dle into the rear access hole. the tire is raised to its original posi-
Forward motion will stop and resis- tion underneath the vehicle. The spare
tance to turning will be felt when handle ratchets when the tire is raised
properly engaged. to the stowed position. It will not
allow you to overtighten.
4. Turn the handle counterclockwise
until tire is lowered to the ground and 4. If your vehicle is equipped with
the cable is slightly slack. P265/75 R15 AT tires, do not stow a
flat or inflated full size spare tire in
5. Remove the retainer from the spare
the spare tire carrier. The flat full size
tire.
tire should be stowed and tied down
t To remove the spare tire: t Stowing the spare tire: in the pickup box bed until it can be
repaired.
1. Assemble the jack handle to the lug 1. Lay the tire on the ground with the
wrench. outboard side facing up. 5. If removed, install the spare tire car-
2. If equipped, unlock and remove the rier lock on the access hole in the
2. Install the retainer through the wheel
spare tire carrier lock from the rear bumper.
center and slide the wheel under the
access hole located just above the vehicle.
rear bumper and below the tailgate.
6-28


Temporary Spare: Jacking a Vehicle: Temporary Spare Tire:
Do not engage 4-wheel drive with Changing a tire can be dangerous. If you use the temporary spare tire
the use of a temporary spare. It can The vehicle can slip off the jack and continuously or do not follow the
easily cause loss of control. seriously injure someone. proper precautions, the tire could
Be sure to follow the directions for fail, causing you to lose control of
changing a tire, and never get under the vehicle and possibly injure your-
J Changing a Flat Tire self or others.
a vehicle that is supported only by a
If you have a flat tire, drive slowly to a jack.
level spot that is well off the road and out To avoid injury, never run the engine
of the way of traffic to change the tire. with one wheel off the ground, such
Stopping in traffic or on the shoulder of as when changing a tire. The wheel
a busy road is dangerous. still on the ground could cause the
vehicle to move.
6-29

3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.

WARNING 4. Remove the jack, jack handle, lug
Changing a Tire: wrench, and spare tire.
When one of the back wheels is off 5. Block both the front and rear of the
the ground, the transmission alone wheel diagonally opposite the tire
will not prevent the vehicle from being changed.
moving or slipping off the jack,
even if the vehicle is in P (Park) or 6. Use the tapered end of the lug nut
1 (First). To prevent the vehicle wrench to unscrew wheel ornaments
from moving when you change a attached by retaining screws. Remove
tire, be sure the parking brake is any wheel trim. Insert the tapered end
set, then block (both directions) the 1. Park on a level surface off the right- of the lug nut wrench behind wheel
wheel that is diagonally opposite of-way and firmly set the parking covers or hub caps and twist off.
(other side and end of the vehicle) brake. Turn off the engine.
to the tire being changed. If the
2. Shift an automatic transmission to
vehicle slips off the jack, someone
P (Park); shift a manual transmission
could be seriously injured.
to R (Reverse).
6-30

7. Loosen the lug nuts by pulling up on

CAUTION the handle of the lug nut wrench about WARNING
one-half turn (counterclockwise), but
Only the lug nut wrench provided don’t remove any until the tire has Incorrect Jacking Position:
should be used to remove wheel orna- been raised a maximum of one inch Attempting to jack the vehicle in
ments. Use of anything other than off the ground. positions other than those recom-
the lug nut wrench provided may mended in this manual is danger-
damage the finish or your wheels. 8. Insert the jack handle into the jack
and use the handle to slide the jack ous. The vehicle could slip off the
under the vehicle. jack and seriously injure or even
kill someone. Use only the correct
CAUTION front and rear jacking positions.
Not using the tapered end of the lug

nut wrench at the pry-off notches
may result in damage to the finish of
the wheel and ornament.
6-31

9. To raise a front wheel, place the jack

Jack points
directly under the lower suspension arm.
To raise a rear tire, place the jack under
the rear axle between the spring shackle
bolts.
WARNING
Improper Jack:
Using a jack that isn’t designed for
your Mazda could be dangerous. The
vehicle could slip off the jack and
seriously injure someone. Use only
the jack provided with your Mazda.
6-32

WARNING WARNING
To lessen the risk of personal injury, Placing Objects Under the Jack:
do not put any part of the body Jacking the vehicle with an object
under the vehicle while changing a under the jack is dangerous. The
tire. Do not start the engine when jack could slip and someone could
your vehicle is on the jack. The jack be seriously injured by the jack or
is only meant for changing the tire. the falling vehicle. Never place
objects under the jack.
CAUTION 10. Turn the jack handle clockwise

Never use the differential housing as until the tire just clears the ground,
a lift point. less than 1 inch (30 mm). Before
removing the lug nuts, make sure
your Mazda is firmly in position
and that it cannot slip or move.
6-33

11. Remove the lug nuts by turning them Also, retighten to the specified torque
counterclockwise; then remove the at 500 miles (800 km), after any wheel
wheel. change, or when the lug nuts are loos-
ened.
12. Mount the spare tire making sure the
valve stem is facing outward.
13. Install the lug nuts with the beveled WARNING
edge inward. Use the lug nut wrench
Loose Lug Nuts:
to screw the lug nut snug against the
wheel, but do not tighten. Improperly or loosely tightened lug
nuts are dangerous. The wheel
could wobble or come off. This
14. Turn the jack handle counterclock- could result in loss of vehicle con-
wise, lower the vehicle and remove trol and cause a serious accident.
the jack. Use the lug wrench to tighten Always securely and correctly
the nuts in the order shown. tighten the lug nuts.
If you’re unsure of how tight the nuts
should be, have them inspected at a
service station. The specified torque
is 135 NSm (13.8 kgfSm, 100 ft-lb).
6-34

15. Store the tools in their proper places.

WARNING WARNING If your vehicle is equipped with a
P265 75R15 AT tire, do not stow the
Metric Studs and Lug Nuts: Incorrect Tire Air Pressure: flat tire (or a fully inflated tire) in
Because the wheel studs and lug nuts Driving on tires with incorrect air the spare tire carrier. It may damage
on your Mazda have metric threads, pressure is dangerous. Tires with the tire or the vehicle. Stow only
using a nonmetric nut would be dan- incorrect pressure could affect han- the temporary spare in the spare tire
gerous. On a metric stud, it would dling and result in an accident. carrier. Stow the flat full size tire
not secure the wheel and would Don’t drive with any tires that have with ropes in the pickup box bed.
damage the stud, which could cause incorrect air pressure. When you Repair the tire as soon as possible.
the wheel to slip off and cause an check the regular tire’s air pressure,
accident. Be sure to reinstall the check the spare tire too.
same nuts you removed or replace WARNING
them with metric nuts of the same Stow Equipment Properly:
configuration.
To prevent personal injury, make
sure the spare tire and jacking
equipment are stowed and secured
in the proper storage location.
6-35

J Temporary Spare Tire S Do not tow a trailer while using

Your Mazda may have a temporary spare
CAUTION this tire.
tire. It’s lighter and smaller than a To avoid damage to the temporary S Don’t load the vehicle beyond
conventional tire, is designed only for spare or to the vehicle, observe the maximum vehicle load rating
emergency use, and should be used only following: listed on the Safety Compliance
for VERY short periods. Temporary S Don’t exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). Label.
spares should NEVER be used for long
S Avoid driving over obstacles. Also
drives or extended periods.
don’t drive through an automatic
car wash. This tire’s diameter is
WARNING smaller than a conventional tire’s;
so the ground clearance is reduced
In Ice and Snow: about one inch (25 mm).
Using a temporary spare on the rear S Don’t use a tire chain on this tire
(driving) wheels when driving on ice because it won’t fit properly.
or snow is dangerous. It can easily S Don’t use your temporary spare
cause loss of control. Put the tempo- on any other vehicle; it has been
rary spare on the front axle and designed only for your Mazda.
move a conventional tire to the rear. (Continued)
6-36

Appearance Care
7 This section features care, inside and out, of your Mazda . . . how to best keep it clean and looking good.
Be aware that appearance is not the only reason for cleanliness. Road grime tends to eat away at the
metal, so keeping your vehicle clean in the way Section 7 prescribes will help prevent its early
deterioration and rusting.
How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage 7- 2

Exterior Care 7- 5
Interior Care 7-10

Appearance Care
How to Minimize
Environmental Paint Damage
The paintwork on your Mazda represents J Etching Caused by Acid Rain t Prevention
the latest technical developments in or Industrial Fallout It is necessary to wash and wax your
composition and methods of application. vehicle to preserve its finish according
t Occurrence
Environmental hazards, however, can to the instructions in this section. These
harm the paint’s protective, properties, Industrial pollutants and vehicle emis- steps should be taken immediately after
if proper care is not taken. sions drift into the air and mix with rain you suspect that acid rain has settled on
or dew to form acids. These acids can your vehicle’s finish.
Here are some examples of possible settle on a vehicle’s finish. As the water
damage, with tips on how to prevent evaporates, the acid becomes concen- J Damage Caused by Bird
them. trated and can damage the finish. And the Droppings, Insects, or Tree Sap
longer the acid remains on the surface, the t Occurrence
greater the chance is for damage.
Bird droppings contain acids. If these
aren’t removed they can eat away the
clear and color base coat of the vehicle’s
paintwork.
7-2

Appearance Care
When insects stick to the paint surface t Prevention Insects and tree sap are best removed with
and decompose, corrosive compounds It is necessary to have your Mazda a soft sponge and water or a commercially
form. These can erode the clear and color washed and waxed to preserve its finish available chemical cleaner.
base coat of the vehicle’s paintwork if according to the instructions in this
they are not removed. Another method is to cover the affected
section. This should be done as soon as area with dampened newspaper for one
Tree sap will harden and adhere perma- possible. to two hours. After removing the news-
nently to the paint finish. If you scratch Bird droppings can be removed with paper, rinse off the loosened debris with
the sap off while it is hard, some vehicle a soft sponge and water. If you are water.
paint could come off with it. traveling and these are not available,
a moistened tissue may also take care
of the problem. The cleaned area should
be waxed according to the instructions
in this section.
7-3

Appearance Care
J Water Marks J Paint Chipping

NOTE
t Occurrence t Occurrence
S The paint chipping zone varies
Rain, fog, dew, and even tap water can Paint chipping occurs when gravel
with the speed of the vehicle.
contain harmful minerals such as salt thrown in the air by another vehicle’s
For example, when traveling at
and lime. If moisture containing these tires hits your vehicle.
56 mph (90 km/h), the paint chip-
minerals settles on the vehicle and evapo-
rates, the minerals will concentrate and t How to avoid paint chipping ping zone is 164 feet (50 m).
harden to form white rings. The rings can S In low temperatures a vehicle’s
Keeping a safe distance between you and
damage your vehicle’s finish. finish hardens. This increases the
the vehicle ahead reduces the chances of
chance of paint chipping.
t Prevention having your paint chipped by flying
gravel. S Chipped paint can lead to rust
It is necessary to wash and wax your forming on your Mazda. Before
vehicle to preserve its finish according this happens, repair the damage
to the instructions in this section. These by using Mazda touch-up paint
steps should be taken immediately after according to the instructions in
you find water marks on your vehicle’s this section. Failure to repair the
finish. affected area could lead to serious
rusting and expensive repairs.
7-4

Appearance Care
Exterior Care
Follow all label and container directions can damage the finish if not removed that you clean the wiper blades and wind-
when using a chemical cleaner or polish. immediately. When prompt washing shield (refer to page 8-37).
Read all warnings and cautions. with plain water is ineffective, use a
mild soap made for use on vehicles.
J Maintaining the Finish
Thoroughly rinse off all soap with luke-
WARNING
t Washing warm or cold water. Don’t allow soap to Driving with Wet Brakes:
To help protect the finish from rust and dry on the finish. Driving with wet brakes is danger-
deterioration, wash your Mazda thor- Wash chrome and aluminum parts with ous. Increased stopping distance or
oughly and frequently (at least once a the same mild soap you used to wash the the vehicle pulling to one side when
month) with lukewarm or cold water. vehicle’s body. braking could result in a serious
accident. Light braking will indi-
Pay special attention to removing salt, Take similar precautions if your vehicle cate whether the brakes have been
dirt, mud, and other foreign materials is exposed to chemical industrial fallout. affected. Dry the brakes by driving
from the underside of the fenders, and very slowly and applying the brakes
make sure the drain holes in the lower Remove any exterior accessories, such
lightly until brake performance is
edges of the doors and rocker panels are as antennas, before entering a car wash. If
normal.
kept clear and clean. you have wax applied to the vehicle at a
commercial car wash, it is recommended
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial fallout, and similar deposits
7-5

Appearance Care
Wax all the metal trim to maintain its

CAUTION CAUTION luster.
S Do not wash your vehicle with S To prevent damaging the antenna, Avoid getting wax on the windshield. If
hot water. Also, do not wash your remove it before entering a car you have wax applied at a commercial car
vehicle while it sits in direct sun- wash or passing beneath a low wash, it is recommended that you clean
light or while the body is hot. overhead clearance. the wiper blades and windshield (refer to
S Wiping off dust or dirt with a dry page 8-37).
cloth will scratch the finish. t Waxing
S Don’t use steel wool, abrasive Wax your Mazda when water no longer NOTE
cleaners, or strong detergents con- beads on the paint.
taining highly alkaline or caustic A spot remover to remove oil, tar, and
agents on chrome-plated or anod- Always wash and dry it before waxing. similar materials will usually also
ized aluminum parts. This may take off the wax. Rewax these areas
damage the protective coating; Use a good-quality liquid or paste wax, even if the rest of the vehicle doesn’t
also, the cleaners and detergents and follow the manufacturer’s instruc- need it.
may discolor or deteriorate the tions.
paint.
(Continued)
7-6

Appearance Care
J Cleaning Plastic Parts deteriorated. To remove rustproofing, J Bright-Metal Maintenance

clean with a hi-flash, naphtha-wetted
Some vehicle trim parts are plastic. These cloth. Then wipe the area completely dry. S Use tar remover to remove road tar
may include the outside door handles, the and insects. Never do this with a knife
side view mirror, exterior nameplates J Repairing Damage to the or similar tool.
and the bumper. Use a mild detergent Finish
to remove dirt, wax buildup and other S To prevent corrosion on bright-metal
deposits from these parts. Do not clean Deep scratches or chips on the finish surfaces, apply wax or chrome preser-
plastic parts with fuel or other petroleum- should be repaired promptly. Exposed vative and rub it to a high luster.
metal quickly rusts and can lead to major
based cleaners. S During cold weather or in coastal
repairs.
Because your vehicle’s side moldings are areas, cover bright-metal parts with a
painted in lacquer, do not use thinners or coating of wax or preservative heavier
than usual. It would also help to coat
solvents to clean them. CAUTION them with noncorrosive petroleum
J Cleaning Rustproofing If your Mazda is damaged and needs jelly or some other protective com-
metal parts repaired or replaced, pound.
If you rustproof your vehicle after you make sure the body shop applies anti-
buy it, inspect its plastic and rubber corrosion materials to all parts, both
parts for overspray, drips, and runs. If the repaired and new. This will prevent
rustproofing is not removed from these them from rusting.
parts, the parts may become distorted or
7-7

Appearance Care
J Cleaning the Headlights and J Cleaning the Mirrors S Extreme care must be used if a power
Taillights Do not clean the mirrors with a dry cloth washer is used to clean the engine.
or abrasive cleaners. Use a soft cloth and The high pressure fluid could pene-
Dirty lights reduce your ability to see and trate sealed parts and assemblies
be seen. Because your headlights and tail- mild detergent diluted in water or glass
cleaner. Be careful when you remove ice causing damage or malfunctions.
lights are plastic, clean them with a cloth
and mild detergent that is diluted in water. from the outside mirror. You can easily S In order to avoid possible cracking of
Then rinse them with clear water. damage the reflective surface. the engine block or fuel injection
pump, do not spray a hot engine or
Do not clean the lights with abrasive J Cleaning the Windows injection pump with cold water.
cleaners. Such cleaners scratch the lights. When the windows become dirty, clean
Also, do not wipe the lights when they are them with glass cleaner. Follow the S The battery, ignition coil, air intake
dry. This can scratch them as well. Do not directions on the container of cleaner. and engine compartment fuse box
use fuel, commercial tar remover, chemi- must be covered. Covering these
cal solvents, or strong detergents. These J Engine Compartment components will help prevent water
products can crack the lights. A clean engine is not only nicer to look at, damage.
but it is also easier to work on. A clean S Never wash or rinse the engine while
engine is also more efficient because the it is running. Water getting into the
engine is able to cool properly. A buildup engine may cause internal damage.
of grease and dirt acts as an insulator,
keeping the engine warmer than normal.
7-8

Appearance Care
J Underbody Maintenance Pay special attention to these areas

Road chemicals and salt used for ice
because they easily hide mud and dirt. WARNING
It will do more harm than good to
and snow removal and solvents used for Driving with Wet Brakes:
wet down the road grime without
dust control may collect on the under-
removing it. Driving with wet brakes is danger-
body. If not removed, they will speed
ous. Increased stopping distance or
up rusting and deterioration of such The lower edges of doors, rocker panels, the vehicle pulling to one side when
underbody parts as fuel lines, frame, and frame members have drain holes braking could result in a serious
floor pan, and exhaust system, even that should not be clogged. Water trapped accident. Light braking will indi-
though these parts may be coated with there will cause rusting. cate whether the brakes have been
anticorrosive material.
affected. Dry the brakes by driving
Thoroughly flush the underbody and very slowly and applying the brakes
wheel housings with lukewarm or cold lightly until brake performance is
water at the end of each winter. Try also normal.
to do this every month.
7-9

Appearance Care
Interior Care
J Cleaning the Wheels S Do not use acid-based or alcohol- J Dashboard Precautions
Your aluminum wheels are coated with a based wheel cleaners, steel wool, Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume
clear protective finish. fuel or strong detergents. Never and cosmetic oils from contacting the
use abrasives that will damage the dashboard. They’ll damage and discolor
finish of special wheel surfaces. it. If these solutions get on the dashboard,
NOTE
Use a tar remover to remove wipe them off immediately.
S Use only a mild soap or neutral grease and tar.
detergent and always use a sponge S The brushes used in some auto- J Cleaning the Upholstery and
or soft cloth to clean the wheels. matic car washes may damage the Interior Trim
Rinse thoroughly with lukewarm finish on your wheels. Before
or cold water. Also, be sure to going to a car wash, find out if t Vinyl
clean the wheels after driving on the brushes are abrasive. Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl
salted roads. This helps prevent S If your aluminum wheels lose with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
corrosion. luster, wax the wheels. Clean vinyl with a leather-and-vinyl
(Continued) cleaner.
7-10

Appearance Care
Be careful when you apply any cleaner to t Leather To clean a cloth interior, complete the
the vinyl surfaces. Some cleaners will following steps:
change the gloss (shine) and should be Real leather isn’t uniform and may have
scars, scratches, and wrinkles. Clean it 1. Remove any excess staining materials
avoided. from the fabric by scraping or wiping
with a leather cleaner or mild soap.
1. For routine cleaning, wipe the surface with a clean cloth.
with a soft, damp cloth. Wipe it with a damp soft cloth; then dry
and buff it with a dry soft cloth. 2. Identify the cause of the stain if you
2. For a more thorough cleaning, wipe can.
the surface with a soft cloth and mild t Fabric 3. Depending on what type of stain you
detergent and a vinyl cleaner. Do not Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric have, use one of the two procedures
use solvent-type cleaners such as spot with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. that follow.
remover or powder-type spot lifter on Remove fresh spots immediately.
these materials. Before using any cleaner, test it on a
To keep the fabric looking clean and small, hidden area of fabric. If the fabric’s
3. Wipe the surface clean with a damp, color or texture is adversely affected by a
soft cloth. fresh, take care of it. Otherwise its color
will be affected, it can be stained easily, particular cleaner, do not use the cleaner.
4. Then, dry and buff the surface with a and its fire-resistance may be reduced. For water soluble stains, try using a damp
dry, soft cloth. cloth first, followed by a soft cloth with
a mild detergent and water.
7-11

Appearance Care
For grease, oil, tar, water spots, crayon, 6. Rub in a circular motion, keeping a For dirt, dry soil, food, soda, and coffee
and lipstick stains: clean portion of the cloth in contact stains:
1. Apply soil and spot lifter to the soiled with the fabric.
1. Apply upholstery cleaner to the soiled
area. 7. Gradually widen the area as you rub. area. Follow the directions that come
2. Brush powder into fabric using more with the cleaner.
If the stain requires that you use a large
gentle strokes with more delicate amount of cleaner, clean the entire seat so 2. Scrub area with a damp cloth or
fabrics. Use dry terry cloth for very that a ring does not appear where the stain sponge.
delicate fabrics. was.
3. Allow cleaner to work at least 20 min- 3. Gradually widen the areas as you rub.
utes, then vacuum up powder. 8. Repeat steps 5 through 7, as neces-
sary. If the stain requires that you use a large
4. Repeat, if necessary, or go to step 5. amount of cleaner, clean the entire seat so
9. Wipe clean with a damp cloth to that a ring does not appear where the stain
If the stain is still visible: remove any remaining cleaner. was.
5. Blot the stain with a clean, white 10. Allow the material to dry completely.
cotton cloth that is saturated with
a stain remover.
7-12

Appearance Care
4. Wipe immediately with a dry cloth. J Cleaning the Seat Belt Webbing J Cleaning the Window Interiors
5. Allow upholstery to dry completely Clean the webbing with a mild soap If the windows become covered with an
before using. solution recommended for upholstery oily, greasy, or waxy film, clean them
or carpets. Follow instructions. Don’t with glass cleaner. Follow the directions
bleach or dye the webbing; this may on the container.
CAUTION weaken it.
J Cleaning the Instrument Panel
Use only recommended cleaners
and procedures. Others may affect WARNING Any cleaner or polish that increases the
appearance and fire-resistance. gloss (shine) of the upper part of the
Damaged Seat Belt: instrument panel should be avoided. The
Using damaged seat belts is danger- dull finish in this area is to help protect
ous. In a collision, damaged seat the driver from undesirable windshield
belts cannot provide adequate pro- reflection.
tection. Have your authorized Mazda
dealer replace damaged belts imme-
diately.
7-13

Appearance Care
J Cleaning the Instrument Panel J Cleaning the Interior Plastic

Lens Lights
Clean the instrument panel lens with a The interior dome lights and map lights
soft cloth and glass cleaner. Do not use are plastic and should be cleaned with a
a paper towel or an abrasive cleaner mild detergent diluted in water. Rinse
to clean the lens as these may cause them with clear water. Do not clean the
scratches. interior lights with abrasive cleaners that
could scratch the lights. Do not wipe them
when they are dry as this can also scratch
them. Do not use fuel, commercial tar
remover or strong detergents as these
products could crack the lights.
7-14

Maintenance
8 Because your Mazda is a large piece of intricate machinery, it needs regular care in the form of
maintenance and servicing. Many owners prefer to do much of this work themselves.
Section 8 has been prepared as a guide for the operator who wants to self-service such minor jobs as
changing the engine oil, replacing bulbs and wiper blades, charging the battery, and rotating the tires.
All maintenance schedules are included, along with instructions on how to make regular inspections
of such things as fluid levels.
Introduction 8- 2
Scheduled Maintenance 8- 3
Owner Maintenance 8- 9
Bulb Replacement (Front) 8-52
Bulb Replacement (Rear) 8-54

Maintenance
Introduction
Be extremely careful to prevent injury to parts that have been designed and made A claim against a warranty will not qual-
yourself and others and damage to your especially for your Mazda, inadequate, ify if it results from lack of maintenance
vehicle when using this manual for incomplete, and insufficient servicing and not from defective material or autho-
inspection and maintenance. may result in problems. This could lead to rized Mazda workmanship.
vehicle damage or an accident and injuries.
If you’re unsure about any procedure it Any auto repair shop using parts equiva-
describes, we strongly urge you to have a For expert advice and quality service, lent to your Mazda’s original equipment
reliable and qualified service shop per- consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer. may perform maintenance. But we rec-
form the work, preferably an Authorized ommend that it always be done by
Mazda Dealer. The owner should retain evidence that an Authorized Mazda Dealer using
proper maintenance has been performed genuine Mazda parts.
Factory-trained Mazda technicians and as prescribed.
genuine Mazda parts are best for your
vehicle. Without this expertise and the
8-2

Maintenance
Scheduled Maintenance
Follow Schedule I if the vehicle is oper- S Operating in hot weather in stop-
ated mainly where none of the following and-go ‘‘rush hour’’ traffic. NOTE
conditions apply. If any do apply, follow After 120 months or 120,000 miles
Schedule II. S Extended periods of idling or low-
speed operation. (193,000 km), continue to follow the
S Repeated short-distance driving. prescribed maintenance and intervals
S High-speed operation with a fully periodically.
S Driving in dusty conditions. loaded vehicle.
S Towing a trailer. S Off-road operation.
8-3

Maintenance
Schedule I — Normal Driving Conditions/Emission Control Systems

R: Replace. I: Inspect, and, if necessary, repair, clean or replace.
Normal driving service intervals — perform at the months or distances shown, whichever occurs first.
MAINTENANCE Miles (Thousands) 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120
OPERATION Kilometers (Thousands) 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104 112 120 128 136 144 152 160 168 176 184 192
Emission Control Systems
Change engine oil and replace filter—every
6 months OR R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Replace spark plugs* R
Replace green engine coolant initially at
45,000 miles, then replace every 30,000 miles R R R
Check engine coolant condition and protection,
hoses and clamps annually—prior to cold I I I I I I I I
weather every 12 months
Replace air cleaner filter R R R R
Replace PCV valve (2.5L) *2 R*2 R
Replace PCV valve (3.0L/4.0L) R
Inspect steering linkage, ball joints,
suspension and driveshaft I I I I I I I I
Inspect camshaft drive belt tension (2.5L) I
Inspect accessory drive belts I
Refer to footnotes on following page.
8-4

Maintenance
Schedule I — Normal Driving Conditions (Continued)/Other Systems

Other Systems
Inspect tires for wear and rotate
(X = recommended interval for I X I X X I X X I X X I X X I X X I X X I X X I
optimal tire life)
Inspect front wheel bearings for end play
(4x2 only) I I I I
Lubricate front wheel bearings (4x2 only) I I
Inspect disc brake system I I I I I I I I
Inspect drum brake systems, lines and hoses I I I I I I I I
Inspect exhaust system for leaks, damage or
loose parts I I I I
* Refer to Vehicle Emission Control Information for Spark Plug and Gap Specifications.
*2 At 60,000 miles (96 000 km), your dealer will replace the PCV valve at no cost, except California vehicles.
*3 If vehicle is registered in California, the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify the emission
warranty or limit recall liability prior to the completion of the vehicle’s useful life. We, however, urge that all recommended maintenance services be performed at
the indicated intervals and the maintenance be recorded.
Rear axles are lubricated for life. These lubricants are not to be checked or changed unless a leak is suspected, service is required, or the axle assembly has
been submerged in water. The axle lubricant should be changed anytime the axle has been submerged in water. For police and taxi applications, replace rear
axle lubricant every 100,000 miles (160,000 km). Rear axle lubricant change may be waived if the axle was filled with 75W140 synthetic gear lubricant. Add
four ounces of additive friction modifier or equivalent for complete refill of Traction-Lok rear axles.
8-5

Maintenance
Schedule I — Normal Driving Conditions (Continued)/Other Systems

Replace manual transmission fluid R R
Inspect automatic transmission fluid I I I I I I I I
Inspect and lubricate 4x2 ball joints I I I I I I I I
Inspect and remove any foreign material
trapped by exhaust system shielding I I I I
Inspect parking brake system for damage
and operation I I I I I I I I
Replace transfer case fluid (4x4) R R
Change fuel filter *3 R R R R
* Refer to Vehicle Emission Control Information for Spark Plug and Gap Specifications.
*2 At 60,000 miles (96 000 km), your dealer will replace the PCV valve at no cost, except California vehicles.
*3 If vehicle is registered in California, the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify the emission
warranty or limit recall liability prior to the completion of the vehicle’s useful life. We, however, urge that all recommended maintenance services be performed at
the indicated intervals and the maintenance be recorded.
Rear axles are lubricated for life. These lubricants are not to be checked or changed unless a leak is suspected, service is required, or the axle assembly has
been submerged in water. The axle lubricant should be changed anytime the axle has been submerged in water. For police and taxi applications, replace rear
axle lubricant every 100,000 miles (160,000 km). Rear axle lubricant change may be waived if the axle was filled with 75W140 synthetic gear lubricant. Add
four ounces of additive friction modifier or equivalent for complete refill of Traction-Lok rear axles.
8-6

Maintenance
Schedule II — Special Operating S High speed operation with a fully can be often misleading when deter-
Conditions loaded vehicle (max. GVW). mining the right time to change
If your driving habits FREQUENTLY S Off-road operation. your engine oil and filter. If you are
include one or more of the following using your vehicle in a manner which
Change ENGINE OIL AND OIL allows it to remain stationary while
conditions: FILTER every 3 months or 3,000 miles the engine is running for long periods
S Short trips of less than 10 miles (4,800 km) whichever occurs first. (door-to-door delivery, taxi, police,
(16 km) when outside temperatures power/utility company trucks, or
remain below freezing. NOTE similar duty), then Mazda recom-
mends you increase the frequency of
S Towing a trailer, or carrying maxi- oil and filter changes to an interval
Idling the engine for extended peri-
mum loads. equivalent to 200 ENGINE HOURS
ods will accumulate more hours of
S Operating in severe dust conditions. use on your vehicle than is actually of use. Since most vehicles are not
indicated by the mileage odometer. equipped with hour-meters, it may
S Operating during hot weather in Consequently, the odometer reading be necessary for you to approximate
stop-and-go ‘‘rush-hour’’ traffic. your idle time and plan oil/filter
(Continued)
S Extensive idling, such as police, taxi changes accordingly.
or door-to-door delivery service.
8-7

Maintenance
Schedule II — Special Operating Conditions
Change Manual Transmission Fluid

Change Automatic Transmission Fluid
Inspect and Lubricate U-Joints

Replace Engine Oil and Filter
Replace Engine Air Filter

Inspect Brake System
Replace Spark Plugs
Change Brake Fluid

Special Operating Conditions
Replace Fuel Filter
3,000 miles 5,000 15,000 30,000 60,000 As As As Every

Suggested Maintenance Interval or 3 months miles miles miles miles required required required two years
Towing a trailer or using a camper or
car top carrier X X X X
Extensive idling or low-speed driving for
long distances as in heavy commercial
use such as delivery, taxi or patrol car X X X X X
Operating in dusty conditions such as
unpaved or dusty roads X X X X
Off road operation X X
For specific recommendations see your authorized Mazda dealer or qualified service professional.
8-8

Maintenance
Owner Maintenance
J Owner Maintenance Schedule S Check for vibrations in the steering increased brake pedal travel or ‘‘hard
wheel. Notice any increased steering to push’’ brake pedal.
The owner or a qualified service techni- effort or looseness in the steering
cian should make these vehicle inspec- wheel, or change in its straight ahead S If any slipping or changes in the
tions at the indicated intervals to ensure position. operation of your transmission occur,
safe and dependable operation. check the transmission fluid level.
S Notice if your vehicle constantly turns
Bring any problem to the attention of an slightly or ‘‘pulls’’ to one side when S Check automatic transmission Park
Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified traveling on a smooth, level road. function.
service technician as soon as possible.
S When stopping, listen and check for S Check parking brake.
t While operating your vehicle strange sounds, pulling to one side,
S Note any changes in the sound of the
exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes
in the vehicle.
8-9

Maintenance
t At least monthly t At least twice a year (for example, S Check lap/shoulder belts and seat
every spring and fall) latches for wear and function (page
S Check function of all interior and 2-19).
exterior lights. S Check power steering fluid level
(page 8-31). S Check air pressure in spare tire.
S Check tires for wear and proper air
pressure (page 8-40). S Check clutch fluid level (if equipped) S Check windshield washer spray and
(page 8-30). wiper operation. Clean wiper blades
S Check engine oil level (page 8-18). with clean cloth dampened with
S Check and clean body and door drain
S Check coolant level in the coolant holes.
washer fluid.
reservoir (page 8-23). S Check safety warning lamps (brake,
S Check and lubricate all hinges,
S Check washer fluid level (page 8-36). latches, and outside locks.
ABS, air bag, safety belt) for opera-
tion.
S Check and lubricate door rubber S Check cooling system fluid level and
weather strips. coolant strength.
S Check parking brake for proper S Check battery water level (non-main-
operation (page 5-40). tenance free).
S Check battery connections and clean
if necessary.
8-10

Maintenance
J Owner Maintenance Several procedures may be more easily

Precautions WARNING done by a qualified service technician
with special tools.
Improper or incomplete service may Maintenance Procedures:
result in problems. This section gives Performing maintenance work on a Improper owner maintenance during the
instructions only for items easy to per- vehicle can be dangerous. You can warranty period may affect warranty cov-
form. be seriously injured while perform- erage. For details, read the separate
ing some maintenance procedures. Mazda Warranty statement provided with
If you lack sufficient knowledge and the vehicle. If you’re unsure about any
experience or the proper tools and servicing or maintenance procedure,
equipment to do the work, have it have it done by an Authorized Mazda
done by a qualified technician. Dealer.
8-11

Maintenance
S Set the parking brake fully, and

WARNING make sure that the gearshift is
Running the Engine: securely latched in P (Park)
(automatic transmission) or N
S Working under the hood with the and block the wheels. This will
engine running is dangerous. It prevent your vehicle from mov-
becomes even more dangerous ing unexpectedly.
when you wear jewelry or loose
clothing. Either can become S Do not start your engine with the
entangled in moving parts and air cleaner removed and do not
result in injury. Therefore, if remove it while the engine is
you must run the engine while running.
working under the hood, make
certain that you remove all jew-
elry (especially rings, bracelets,
watches, and necklaces) and all
neckties, scarves, and similar
loose clothing before getting
near the engine or cooling fan.
(Continued)
8-12

Maintenance
J Engine Compartment Overview
*Some models.
8-13

Maintenance
*Some models.
8-14

Maintenance
*Some models.
8-15

Maintenance
Look for the American Petroleum Insti- Do not use supplemental engine oil addi-
tute certification mark on the front of the tives, oil treatments or engine treatments.
oil container. Motor oil displaying the They are unnecessary and could, under
API certification trademark will meet all certain conditions, lead to engine damage
requirements for your vehicle’s engine. which is not covered by your warranty.
Engine oil viscosity, or thickness, has
an effect on fuel economy and cold- CAUTION
weather operation (starting and oil
flow). Low-viscosity engine oils can pro- Using oils of viscosity besides those
vide improved fuel economy and cold- recommended for specific tempera-
weather performance. ture ranges could result in engine
J Engine Oil damage.
High-temperature weather conditions
require higher-viscosity engine oils for
t Recommended oil
satisfactory lubrication.
Oil container labels provide important
Use SAE 5W-30 motor oil certified for
information.
gasoline engines by the American Petro-
leum Institute.
8-16

Maintenance
Energy conserving oils are recom- If this happens, follow this procedure: 3. Add only as much oil as necessary
mended. A chief contribution they make before you start the engine again.
to fuel economy is reducing the amount 1. Drive safely to the side of the road and Refer to ‘‘Adding Engine Oil’’ in this
of fuel necessary to overcome engine fric- park off the right-of-way. Set an auto- section.
tion. matic transmission in P (Park), a
manual transmission in N (Neutral).
J Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Apply the parking brake. Turn the
engine off. Allow it to reach normal
This gauge indicates whether or not there operating temperature.
is adequate oil pressure. If the engine is
running the pointer should be in the cen- 2. Check the engine’s oil level, follow-
ter band, indicating adequate oil pressure. ing the instructions on inspecting
If the pointer drops below or remains engine oil level later in this section.
below the center band while the engine If you do not follow these instruc-
is running, you have inadequate oil pres- tions, you or others could be injured.
sure. To assure an accurate reading, your
vehicle should be on level ground.
8-17

Maintenance
6. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it clean,

and reinsert it fully. Refer to Engine
Compartment Overview for dipstick
location.
7. Pull it out again and examine the level.
It’s OK if it’s within the crosshatched
area.
But if it’s near or at the bottom of the
crosshatched area, add enough oil to
bring the level to MAX (2.5L) or
FULL (3.0L/4.0L).
t Inspecting engine oil level 4. Set the parking brake fully and make
sure that the gearshift is securely It may be necessary to add some oil
1. Be sure the vehicle is on a level sur- latched in P (Park) (automatic trans- between oil changes. Make sure you
face. mission) or 1 (First) (manual trans- use a certified engine oil of the pre-
2. Warm up the engine to normal operat- mission). ferred viscosity. Your vehicle’s war-
ing temperature. ranty coverage may not apply if
5. Open the hood. Protect yourself from engine damage is caused by the use of
3. Turn if off and wait a few minutes for engine heat. improper engine oil.
the oil to return to the oil pan.
8-18

Maintenance
t Adding Engine Oil t Changing engine oil and filter

1. Check the engine oil.
CAUTION Change engine oil and filter according
To avoid possible oil loss, DO NOT to Scheduled Maintenance, pages 8-4
2. If fluid level is not within the normal through 8-8.
range, add only certified engine oil of operate the vehicle with the engine oil
the preferred viscosity. Add engine oil level indicator and/or the engine oil Please act responsibly—protect the envi-
through the oil filler cap. Remove the filler cap removed. ronment and take used oil to a recycling
filler cap and use a funnel to pour oil facility. Ask your dealer or a service sta-
in the opening. tion for information.
3. Recheck the oil level. Make sure
CAUTION
the oil level is not above the MAX Overfilling with engine oil will dam- WARNING
(2.5L) mark or the letter F in FULL age your engine.
(3.0L/4.0L) on the dipstick. Used Engine Oil:
4. Install the indicator and ensure it is Continuous contact with USED
fully seated. engine oil has caused skin cancer
in laboratory mice. Protect your skin
5. Fully install the engine oil filler cap by by washing with soap and water
turning the filler cap clockwise until immediately after this work.
three clicks can be heard.
8-19

Maintenance
2. Protect yourself from engine heat and

the engine oil being drained.
3. Then remove the drain plug and drain
the oil into a suitable container.
WARNING
Checking or Changing Engine Oil:
Hot engine oil could be dangerous.
If the engine has been running, the
engine oil becomes very hot. You
1. Warm up the engine for a few minutes could be seriously burned. Don’t 4. Remove the engine oil filter with an
and turn it off after it has reached nor- check or change the engine oil when oil-filter wrench.
mal operating temperature. Set the the engine is hot. 5. Use a clean rag to clean the surface
parking brake fully and latch the gear where the filter mounts on the engine.
selector in P (Park) (automatic trans-
mission), or 1 (First) (manual trans- 6. Apply a small amount of engine oil to
mission). Block the wheels. Remove the rubber seal of a new oil filter.
the oil filler cap.
8-20

Maintenance
10. Securely replace the oil filler cap. Oil capacity

11. Start the engine and inspect around 2.5L
the oil filter seal for leaks. US qt Imp qt Liter
12. Turn engine off and wait 5 minutes with oil filter 4.5 3.8 4.3
for the oil to return to the oil pan. without oil filter 4.0 3.4 3.8
Check the oil level and fill to the Full
mark if necessary. 3.0L
US qt Imp qt Liter
with oil filter 4.5 3.8 4.3
7. Install the new filter and tighten it. without oil filter 4.0 3.4 3.8
(Refer to the caution label on the oil
filter for tightening instructions.) 4.0L
US qt Imp qt Liter
8. Replace the plug(s) tightly after the oil
has thoroughly drained. with oil filter 5.0 4.2 4.7
9. Fill the engine with new oil to the without oil filter 4.0 3.4 3.8
MAX (2.5L) or FULL (3.0L/4.0L)
mark on the dipstick.
8-21

Maintenance
J Engine Coolant
NOTE
Use only specified engine oil (page WARNING
8-16).
Hot Engine:
A hot engine is dangerous. If the
engine has been running, parts
CAUTION of the engine compartment can
S Follow these instructions care- become very hot. You could be
fully. An incorrectly installed fil- burned. Don’t inspect the coolant
ter can cause leakage and engine system or add coolant when the
damage. engine is hot.
S Although oil filters may look the
same, they may be very different
inside. They are not interchange-
able. To avoid engine damage,
use only specified filters.
8-22

Maintenance
t Inspecting coolant level protection and to bring the level to the t Severe climate
Inspect the antifreeze protection and appropriate level marks on the coolant
reservoir when the engine is cool. If you drive in extremely cold climates
coolant level at least once a month, at the (less than –34_F [–36_C]), it may be nec-
beginning of the winter season and before When the engine is cool, add a 50/50 mix- essary to increase the coolant concentra-
traveling where temperatures may drop ture of engine coolant and water to the tion above 50%. Refer to the chart on the
below freezing. engine coolant reservoir—DO NOT coolant container to ensure the coolant
Inspect the condition and connections ADD DIRECTLY TO THE RADIA- concentration in your vehicle is such that
of all cooling system and heater hoses. TOR. Add straight water only in an emer- the coolant will not freeze at the tempera-
Replace any that are swollen or deterio- gency, but you should replace it with a ture level in which you drive during win-
rated. 50/50 mixture of coolant and distilled ter months. Never increase the engine
water as soon as possible. coolant concentration above 60%. If you
The coolant should be at full in the radia- drive in extremely hot climates, it is
tor and to the appropriate level marks on Check the coolant level in the coolant res- necessary to maintain the coolant con-
the coolant reservoir when the engine is ervoir the next few times you drive the centration above 40%. Refer to the chart
cool. vehicle. If necessary, add enough of a on the coolant container to ensure the
50/50 mixture of coolant and water to coolant concentration in your vehicle will
If coolant level is low, add enough cool- bring the liquid level to the fill line on the
ant to provide freezing and corrosion reservoir.
8-23

Maintenance
provide adequate protection at the tem- t Changing coolant at the proper

peratures in which you drive. Never WARNING intervals
decrease the coolant concentration below
40% to prevent possible engine damage. The engine coolant must be main- Change coolant according to Scheduled
Leave a 50/50 mixture of engine coolant tained at the correct fluid level and Maintenance, page 8-4.
and water in your vehicle year-round in concentration to work properly. If
non-extreme climates. the engine coolant fluid level and
concentration are not maintained
Do not overfill. correctly, damage to the engine and
If new coolant is required frequently, con- cooling system may result.
sult an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Have
your dealer check the engine cooling sys-
tem for leaks if you have to add more than
1.0 quart (1.0 liter) of engine coolant per
CAUTION
month. Radiator coolant will damage paint.
Rinse it off quickly.
8-24

Maintenance
S Do not use supplemental coolant

CAUTION additives in your vehicle. These WARNING
S The use of an improper coolant additives may harm your engine Removing the Radiator Cap:
may void your warranty of your cooling system.
Removing the radiator cap or drain
vehicle’s engine cooling system. S Don’t use a solution that contains plug while the engine is running is
S Do not use an extended life more than 60 percent or less than dangerous. This might lead to cool-
engine coolant (orange in color). 40 percent antifreeze. This would ing system and engine damage and
reduce effectiveness.
S Do not use a DEX-COOL engine could result in serious injury from
coolant or an equivalent engine S Do not add windshield washer escaping hot coolant or steam.
coolant. fluid to the engine coolant reser-
Be careful when adding engine
voir. This could damage your
S DO NOT USE alcohol or metha- cooling system.
coolant. Do not put engine coolant
nol antifreeze. DO NOT MIX or antifreeze in the container for the
alcohol or methanol with the windshield washer fluid. If sprayed
coolant. This could damage the to clean the glass, engine coolant or
cooling system. antifreeze could make it difficult to
(Continued) see through the windshield.
(Continued)
8-25

Maintenance
Never remove the radiator cap while To Change Coolant

the engine is running or hot.
NOTE
If you must remove the radiator cap,
follow these steps to avoid personal Do not mix conventional green cool-
injury that can be caused by escap- ant, orange coolant or recycled cool-
ing steam or engine coolant. ants together in your vehicle. Use
Turn off the engine and wait until only the type of coolant that your
it’s cool. Even then, be very careful vehicle was originally equipped
when removing the cap. Wrap a thick with. If you are unsure which type of
cloth around it and slowly turn it coolant your vehicle requires, contact
counterclockwise to the first stop. your authorized Mazda dealer.
Step back while the pressure escapes. 1. Shut off the engine and allow engine
to cool. Fully depressurize the engine
When you’re sure all the pressure is cooling system by covering the radia-
gone, press down on the cap—still tor cap with a thick cloth and turning
using a cloth—turn it, and remove it. it slowly to the first stop. Step back
Stand away from the radiator open- while the pressure releases.
ing. Hot steam may blow out or hot
engine coolant may even splash out. 2. Remove the radiator cap.
8-26

Maintenance
3. Only when the engine is cool, attach a In extremely cold climates, add the
small hose to the drain tube at the bot- amount recommended in the coolant
tom of the radiator. Loosen the radia- manufacturer’s instructions.
tor drain plug. Drain the coolant into
a suitable container. 6. Replace the radiator cap to its fully
installed position, then back it off to
4. With the drain plug loose but not fully the first stop. This will prevent high
removed, flush out the system with pressure from building up in the cool-
running water. ing system during this part of the pro-
cedure.
5. Drain the system completely and

retighten the plug. Add a 50/50 mix-
ture of coolant and water as necessary
to provide freezing and corrosion
protection. When cold, fill the radiator
to a level 1 to 1 1/2 inches (25 to 38
mm) below the filler neck seat.
8-27

Maintenance
7. Start and idle the engine until the ther- 2. Visually inspect the fluid level.
mostat opens and the radiator upper
hose becomes warm. 3. If necessary, add brake fluid until the
level reaches MAX. Do not fill above
8. Shut off the engine immediately. this line.
Cover the radiator cap with a thick
cloth and cautiously remove it. Step 4. Use only a DOT 3 brake fluid certified
back while the pressure releases. to meet Mazda specifications. Refer to
Section 10.
9. Finally, check the radiator and add
more engine coolant if needed, fol-
lowing the procedures noted above. CAUTION
Reinstall the radiator cap securely Brake fluid will damage painted sur-
when finished. J Inspecting the Brake Fluid faces. If brake fluid does get on a
Level painted surface, wipe it off immedi-
10. If more engine coolant is needed,
fill the overflow reservoir to the Brake fluid should be checked and ately.
appropriate level marked on the refilled as needed at least once each year:
bottle.
1. Clean the reservoir cap before
removal to prevent dirt or water from
entering the reservoir.
8-28

Maintenance
CAUTION WARNING WARNING

Using nonspecified brake fluids (see Spilled Brake Fluid: Low Brake Fluid Levels:
chart, page 10-2) will damage the Spilled brake fluid is dangerous. If S Low brake fluid levels could be
system. Mixing different fluids will it gets in your eyes, they could be dangerous. Low levels could sig-
also damage it. seriously injured. If this happens, nal brake lining wear or a leak.
If the brake system frequently immediately flush your eyes with Your brakes could fail and cause
requires new fluid, consult an Autho- water and get medical attention. an accident. If you find a low
rized Mazda Dealer. Brake fluid spilled on a hot engine fluid level, have the brakes
could cause a fire. Be careful not to inspected.
spill brake fluid on yourself or on S Do not let the brake fluid reser-
the engine. voir run dry. This may cause the
brakes to fail.
8-29

Maintenance
Use only a DOT 3 brake fluid designed to

meet Mazda specifications. CAUTION
1. Clean the reservoir cap before Clutch fluid will damage painted sur-
removal to prevent dirt and water faces. If clutch fluid does get
from entering the reservoir. on a painted surface, wipe it off
2. Remove cap and rubber diaphragm immediately.
from reservoir.
3. Add fluid until the level reaches the CAUTION
step in the reservoir.
Using nonspecified clutch fluids
4. Reinstall rubber diaphragm and cap (see chart, page 10-2) will damage
J Inspecting Clutch Fluid Level* onto reservoir. the system. Mixing different fluids
During normal operation, the fluid level will also damage it.
in the clutch reservoir should remain If the clutch system frequently
constant. If for any reason the fluid level requires new fluid, it should be
drops, maintain the fluid level at the step inspected. Consult an Authorized
in the reservoir body. Mazda Dealer immediately.
*Some models.
8-30

Maintenance
J Inspecting Power Steering

WARNING Fluid Level
Spilled Clutch Fluid: Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir at
Spilled clutch fluid is dangerous. If least twice a year (i.e., every spring and
it gets in your eyes, they could be fall). Although you may check the fluid
seriously injured. If this happens, when it is hot or cold, you should check
immediately flush your eyes with it when hot, if possible, for a more accu-
water and get medical attention. rate reading.
Clutch fluid spilled on a hot engine If you check the power steering fluid
could cause a fire. Be careful not to when it is cold, make sure the fluid
spill clutch fluid on yourself or on reaches the FULL COLD range on the
the engine. The level must be kept between the FULL
dipstick. The reading will only be accu-
HOT and FULL COLD marks.
rate if the fluid temperature is approxi-
mately 50 to 85_F (10 to 30_C). Do not add fluid if the level is within the
NOTE FULL HOT range.
Visually examine the lines and hoses for
Low clutch fluid level may signal a leaks and damage.
fluid leak. If you find a low fluid
level, have the clutch inspected.
8-31

Maintenance
1. Park on a level surface, well off the

right-of-way, and set the parking
brake firmly. Start the engine and let it
run until the power steering fluid
reaches normal operating tempera-
ture. The power steering fluid will be
at the right temperature when the
engine coolant temperature gauge
indicator will be near the center of the
normal area between H and C.
2. While the engine idles, turn the steer-
ing wheel back and forth several 4. Check the fluid level on the dipstick. 7. The fluid level must be at FULL HOT.
times. Make sure the cap assembly is The fluid level should be at the FULL Add fluid if necessary. Do not add
installed at this time. HOT range. fluid if the level is within the FULL
3. Turn off the engine. HOT range.
5. Wipe it clean and put it back.
Don’t overfill.
6. Remove the dipstick again and inspect
the level.
8-32

Maintenance
J Inspecting Automatic
CAUTION Transmission Fluid Level*
To avoid damage to the power steer- The automatic transmission fluid level
ing oil pump, don’t operate the needs to be inspected under normal cir-
vehicle for long periods when the cumstances. Measure it as described
power steering fluid level is low. below.
The transmission fluid should be checked
NOTE at normal operating temperatures 150_F
to 170_F (66_C to 77_C).
Use only specified power steering
fluid (see chart, page 10-2). Automatic transmission fluid expands
If new fluid is required frequently, con- when warmed. For that reason, it is best to
sult an Authorized Mazda Dealer. examine the level after approximately 20
NOTE miles (32 km) of driving. If necessary,
however, it can also be inspected without
Do not turn the steering wheel of your driving, if outside temperatures are above
vehicle with the engine off. It could
50_F (10_C).
force power steering fluid out from
the reservoir cap or in extreme cases,
it could unseat the cap. *Some models.
8-33

Maintenance
NOTE CAUTION
If the vehicle has been operated for
S Low fluid level causes transmis-
an extended period at high speeds, in
sion slippage. Overfilling can
city traffic during hot weather, or has
cause foaming, loss of fluid, and
been pulling a trailer, the vehicle
malfunction.
should be turned off for about 30
minutes. This will allow the vehicle S Use only specified fluid (page
to cool before checking. 10-2). A nonspecified fluid could
result in transmission malfunc-
tion and failure.
S Do not drive your vehicle if the
fluid level is below the bottom 1. Park on a level surface and set the
hole on the dipstick and the out- parking brake firmly.
side bottom temperature is above 2. Idle the engine about two minutes.
50_F (10_C). Push down on the brake pedal; move
the selector lever through all ranges
and set it at P (Park).
8-34

Maintenance
5. If necessary, add fluid in .25L (1/2

WARNING pint) increments through the filler
tube until the level is correct.
Sudden Vehicle Movement:
Shifting the selector lever without 6. If an overfill occurs, excess fluid
first depressing the brake pedal is should be removed by a qualified
dangerous. The vehicle could move technician.
suddenly and cause an accident.
Make sure the brake pedal is applied
before shifting the selector.
CAUTION
An overfill condition of transmission
3. With the engine still idling, wipe off fluid may cause shift and/or engage-
the dipstick handle, pull out the dip- 4. Pull it out again. At normal operating ment concerns and/or possible dam-
stick, wipe it clean, and put it back, temperature, the level should be age. Don’t overfill.
making sure it is fully seated in the within the crosshatched area on the
filler tube. dipstick. If the vehicle has not been
driven and the fluid is not at normal
operating temperature, the fluid level
should be between the two holes on
the dipstick.
8-35

Maintenance
Before adding fluid, make sure the engine

NOTE is turned off. Use special windshield
Always dispose of used automotive washer fluid, rather than plain water,
fluids in a responsible manner. Fol- because these special fluids contain addi-
low your community’s standards for tives that dissolve road grime. Also,
disposing of these types of fluids. washer fluid will not freeze in cold
Call your local recycling center for weather.
recycling automotive fluids. If you choose to use a windshield wash-
ing solution that must be mixed, follow
the manufacturer’s mixing instructions.
Improperly mixed solutions may freeze
unexpectedly.
J Inspecting Washer Fluid Level
Check the level of the windshield washer
fluid every time you stop for fuel. The
reservoir for washer fluid is located in the
engine compartment.
8-36

Maintenance
J Body Lubrication
WARNING WARNING All moving points of the body, such as
Washer Fluid: Freezing Washer Fluid: door and hood hinges and locks, should
Do not add the windshield washer Before using the washer fluid in very be lubricated each time the engine oil is
fluid to the engine coolant reservoir. cold weather, warm up the wind- changed. Use a nonfreezing lubricant on
This could damage your cooling shield first by using the defroster. If locks during cold weather.
system. Do not add engine coolant to you do not warm up the windshield Make sure the engine hood’s secondary
the washer fluid reservoir. This first, the fluid may freeze and reduce latch keeps the hood from opening when
could damage your wiper/washer visibility when sprayed on the wind- the primary latch is released.
system and could severely affect visi- shield.
bility when sprayed on the wind- J Maintaining Wiper Blades
shield and may cause damage to
paint and body trim.
CAUTION
Hot waxes applied by automatic car
washes have been known to affect the
cleanability of windows.
8-37

Maintenance
Check the windshield wiper blades at To make reaching the wiper blades easy, J Replacing Windshield Wiper
least twice a year. Also check them when- simply turn the ignition switch to ACC Blade Assemblies
ever they seem less effective than usual. and turn your wipers on. Wait for them to
reach a vertical position and turn the igni- When the wipers no longer clean well, the
Contamination of either the windshield tion OFF. Do not move the wipers manu- blades are probably worn or cracked.
or the blades with foreign matter can ally. Moving the wipers manually may Replace the wiper blade assemblies.
reduce wiper effectiveness. Common damage them.
sources are insects, tree sap, and hot wax
treatments used by some commercial car CAUTION
washes. CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper arms,
If the blades are not wiping properly, and other components, don’t move
To prevent damage to the wiper
clean the window and blades with a good the wipers by hand.
blades, don’t use gasoline, kerosene,
cleaner or mild detergent; then rinse thor-
paint thinner, or other solvents on or
oughly with clean water. Repeat if neces-
near them.
sary.
8-38

Maintenance
1. Pull the wiper arm away from the J Battery

windshield and lock into the service CAUTION
position.
2. Turn the blade at an angle from the
To prevent damage to the windshield, WARNING
don’t let the wiper arm fall on it.
wiper arm. Push the lock pin with a Battery:
screwdriver to release the blade and Batteries are dangerous. To avoid
pull the wiper blade down toward the NOTE injury, pay careful attention to the
windshield to remove it from the arm. advice below.
Install the blade so that the tabs are
3. Attach the new wiper to the wiper arm toward the bottom of the wiper arm. Keep all flames, sparks, and lit
and press it into place until a click is smoking materials away from the
heard. battery. Battery cells contain hydro-
gen, a highly combustible gas.
Keep batteries, which contain
SULFURIC ACID, out of the reach
of children. Prevent battery contact
with skin, eyes, clothing, and the
vehicle.
(Continued)
8-39

Maintenance
If electrolyte (battery fluid) gets into S Rinse off spilled electrolyte immedi-
your eyes, flush them with clean ately with a solution of water and bak-
water for at least 15 minutes and ing soda.
get immediate medical attention. If S If the vehicle will not be used for an
possible, continue to apply water extended time, disconnect the battery
with a sponge or cloth while on the cables.
way to a doctor.
If electrolyte gets on your skin, thor- J Tires
oughly wash the contacted area. If
you feel pain or a burning sensa- For reasons of proper performance,
tion, get medical attention immedi- safety, and better fuel economy, always
ately. To get the best service from a battery: maintain recommended tire inflation
When lifting a plastic-coated bat- pressures and stay within the recom-
tery, excessive pressure on the end S Keep it securely mounted. mended load limits and weight distribu-
walls could cause acid to spew tion.
S Keep the top clean and dry.
through the vent caps, resulting
in personal injury. Lift the battery S Keep terminals and connections
with a carrier or with your hands on clean, tight, and coated with petro-
opposite corners. leum jelly or terminal grease.
8-40

Maintenance
WARNING WARNING
Using Different Tire Types: Using Wrong-Sized Tires:
Driving your vehicle with different Using any other tire size or type than
types of tires is dangerous. It could what is specified for your Mazda
cause poor handling and poor brak- (page 10-9) may seriously affect
ing, leading to loss of control. ride, handling, ground clearance,
Except when using the temporary tire clearance, and speedometer cal-
spare tire, use only the same type ibration. This could cause you to
tires (radial, bias-belted, bias-type have an accident. Do not replace
tires) on all four wheels. your tires with ‘‘high performance’’
tires or larger-sized tires. Use only t Tire inflation pressure
tires that are the correct size speci- Inspect all tire pressures monthly (includ-
fied for your Mazda. ing the spare) when the tires are cold.
Maintain recommended pressures for the
best ride, top handling, and minimum tire
wear.
Refer to the specification chart (page
10-9).
8-41

Maintenance
t Tire inspection and maintenance

NOTE WARNING Inspect the tire treads, and remove stones,
S Warm tires normally exceed rec- nails, glass or other objects that may be
Incorrect Tire Inflation:
ommended pressures. Don’t wedged in the tread grooves. Check for
release air from warm tires to Overinflation or underinflation of
tires is dangerous. Adverse handling holes or cuts that may permit air to leak
adjust the pressure. from the tire, and make the necessary
or unexpected tire failure could
S Underinflation can cause reduced repairs.
result in a serious accident. Always
fuel economy and poor sealing of
inflate the tires to the correct pres- Inspect the tire side walls for cuts, bruises
the tire bead, which will deform
sure (page 10-9) and other damage. If you suspect internal
the wheel and cause separation of
the tire from the rim. damage to the tire, have it demounted and
checked. You may need to repair or
S Overinflation can produce a harsh replace it.
ride and a greater possibility of
damage from road hazards.
S So keep your tire pressure at the
correct levels. If one frequently
needs inflating, have it inspected.
8-42

Maintenance
if irregular wear develops). During rota-

tion, inspect them for correct balance and CAUTION
proper lug nut tightness.
S Rotate radial tires that have an
Also, inspect them for uneven wear asymmetrical tread pattern or
and damage. Abnormal wear is usually studs only from front to rear, not
caused by one or a combination of the from left to right.
following: S Rotate directional tires only from
S Incorrect tire pressure front to rear, not from left to right.
S In situations where the tires differ
S Improper wheel alignment from front to rear (snow traction),
S Out-of-balance wheel simply rotate using a side to side
t Tire rotation pattern.
S Severe braking
To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires
at 5,000 miles (8,000 km) and after that After rotation, bring all tire pressures to
every 10,000 miles (16,000 km) (or sooner specification (page 10-9).
8-43

Maintenance
Replace the tire when this happens. You

may need to replace it before the band is WARNING
across the entire tread.
Re-installing Wheels:
For additional information on replacing Whenever a wheel is removed and
tires on 4x4 vehicles, refer to Section 5. then re-installed, always remove any
corrosion that may be present on
the mounting surface of the wheel
WARNING and/or the surface of the hub, drum
Worn Tires: or rotor that contacts the wheel.
Installing wheels without good
Driving with worn-out tires danger-
metal-to-metal contact at the wheel
t Replacing a tire ous. Reduced braking, steering and
mounting surface can cause the
traction could result in an accident.
wheel lug nuts to loosen and could
If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator will Always use tires that are in good
allow the wheel to come off while
appear as a solid band across the tread. condition.
the vehicle is in motion, causing
When your tire shows a wear band, it has
loss of control.
only 1/16 inch (1.59 mm) of tread left.
8-44

Maintenance
Do not replace your Mazda 4x4 or

WARNING Mazda 4x2 tires with ‘‘high perfor- WARNING
Tire Specifications: mance’’ tires, or larger size tires Replacement Tires and Snow Tires:
than approved for your vehicle by
Never mix radial, bias-belted or Mazda. If you have questions concerning
bias-type tires. Never mix brands. replacement tires, contact an Autho-
Use only the tire size that is listed on Do not use P235/75R15 ‘‘All Season’’ rized Mazda Dealer. Failure to fol-
the Safety Compliance Certification tires. For Mazda 4x4 Regular Cab low these precautions may adversely
Label, located near the left front vehicles, P235/75R15 ‘‘All Terrain’’ affect the handling of the vehicle
door latch. tires are acceptable only on 15x7 and make it easier to lose control
inch wheels. and roll over, which could result in
Make sure that all replacement tires
are of the same size, type, load-carry- Do not use P265/75R15SL tires on serious or fatal injury.
ing capacity, and tread design (e.g., the Mazda 4x4 112 inch wheelbase. If you use snow tires, make sure that
‘‘All Terrain,’’ etc.), as originally The P265/75R15SL ‘‘All Terrain’’ they are the same size and grade as
specified by Mazda. tires are acceptable only on the 126 the tires you now have on your
inch wheelbase Mazda 4x4 models, vehicle. If they are not, your vehicle
(Continued) and only with 15x7 inch wheels. may not handle safely.
8-45

Maintenance
t Tire identification t Temporary spare tire

Tire size
Note that the size in the following chart is Designation Inspect the temporary spare tire at least
typical. To determine what specific size monthly to make sure it’s properly
tire and rim is recommended by Mazda Identifies Passenger inflated and stored. Refer to the Federal
for use on your vehicle, refer to the Safety Car Tire Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label for
Compliance Certification Label on your Nominal Section appropriate cold pressure. This label is
vehicle. Width in Millimeters located on the driver’s door pillar.
Height-to-Width Ratio
The temporary spare tire is easier to han-
of Tire
dle because of its construction. It is lighter
and smaller than a conventional tire and
Identifies Tire should be used only for an emergency
Construction: and only for a short distance.
R–Radial, B–Bias Use the temporary only until the conven-
belted, D–Diagonal tional tire is repaired, which should be as
Rim Diameter in soon as possible.
Inches Don’t use a temporary tire in your tire
P215/75 R15 rotation pattern.
8-46

Maintenance
t Replacing a wheel
CAUTION When replacing a wheel, make sure the
WARNING
S Don’t use your temporary spare new one is the same as the original factory Using a Wrong-Sized Wheel:
tire rim with a snow tire or a con- wheel in diameter, rim width, and offset. Using a wrong-sized wheel is dan-
ventional tire. Neither will prop- Proper tire balancing provides the best gerous. Braking and handling
erly fit and could damage both tire riding comfort and helps reduce tread could be affected, leading to loss of
and rim. wear. Out-of-balance tires can cause control and an accident. Always use
S The temporary spare tire has a vibration and uneven wear, such as cup- wheels of the correct size on your
tread life of up to 3,000 miles ping and flat spots. Mazda.
(4,800 km), depending on road
conditions and driving habits.
S When the tread wear solid-band
indicator appears, replace the tire
with the same type of temporary
spare.
8-47

Maintenance
WARNING CAUTION
Aftermarket Wheel Assemblies: A wrong-sized wheel may adversely
Use of aftermarket wheel assemblies affect:
that are different in size or offset may S Tire fit
damage your vehicle or cause acci- S Wheel and bearing life
dents resulting in serious injury. S Ground clearance
S Snow-chain clearance
S Speedometer calibration
S Headlight aim
S Bumper height J Headlight Replacement
The headlamps on your vehicle are prop-
erly aimed at the assembly plant.
If your vehicle has been in an accident, a
qualified service technician should check
the alignment of your headlamps.
8-48

Maintenance
t To remove a bulb:
The headlights on your vehicle use
WARNING WARNING
replaceable bulbs. When the light burns Handling Halogen Bulbs: Children and Halogen Bulbs:
out, simply replace the bulb, rather than When a halogen bulb breaks, it is Playing with a halogen bulb is dan-
the whole light. dangerous. These bulbs contain gerous. Serious injuries could be
pressurized gas. If one is broken, it caused by dropping a halogen bulb
will explode and serious injuries or breaking it some other way.
could be caused by the flying glass. Always keep halogen bulbs out of
If the glass portion is touched with the reach of children.
bare hands, body oil could cause the
bulb to overheat and explode when
lit. Never touch the glass portion of
the bulb with your bare hands and
always wear eye protection when
handling or working around halo-
gen bulbs.
8-49

Maintenance
1. Make sure the headlight control 5. Remove the bulb retaining ring by
NOTE switch is in the OFF position. rotating it counterclockwise (when
If the bulb is accidentally touched, it viewed from the rear) to free it from
2. Open the hood. If you are replacing the bulb socket, and slide the ring off
should be cleaned with rubbing alco- the driver side headlight, unclip the
hol before being used. the plastic base. Keep the ring in the
electronic module on the right side of rearward position. You must use it
Do not remove the burned-out bulb the battery and move it out of the way. again to hold the new bulb in place.
unless you can immediately replace it
with a new one. If a bulb is removed 3. Locate the headlight bulb through the 6. Carefully remove the bulb assembly
for an extended period of time, con- hole in the upper radiator support from its connector by gently pulling it
taminants may enter the headlight assembly. rearward without turning.
housing and affect its performance. 4. Disconnect the electrical connector
from the bulb by pulling rearward.
8-50

Maintenance
t To install a bulb: 2. Install the bulb retaining ring over the

plastic base until it contacts the rear of
1. With the flat side of the bulb’s plastic the socket. Lock the ring into the
base facing upward, insert the glass socket by rotating it clockwise until
end of the bulb into the light assembly. you feel a ‘‘stop.’’
You may need to turn the bulb left or
right to line up the grooves in the plas- 3. Install the electrical connector into the
tic base with the tabs in the light rear of the plastic base until it snaps,
assembly. When the grooves are locking it into position.
aligned, push the bulb into the socket
until the plastic base contacts the rear 4. Turn the headlights on and make sure
of the light assembly. that they work properly. If the head-
light was correctly aligned before you J Foglight Bulb Replacement
changed the bulb, you should not 1. Remove the bulb socket from the
need to align it again. foglight by turning counterclockwise.
2. Disconnect the electrical connector
from the foglamp bulb.
3. Connect the electrical connector to the
new foglamp bulb.
4. Install the bulb socket in the foglamp
turning clockwise.
8-51

Maintenance
Bulb Replacement (Front)
8-52

Maintenance
8-53

Maintenance
Bulb Replacement (Rear)
8-54

Maintenance
8-55

Memo
8-56

Customer Information
9 Who to consult about a problem; what to do if your vehicle has a safety defect; what warranties protect
your vehicle; driving outside the United States and Canada; adding equipment; tire quality grades:
This is the kind of consumer information you’ll find in Section 9.
Customer Assistance 9- 2
Mazda Importer/Distributors 9- 5
Warranties for Your Mazda 9- 6
Outside the United States and Canada 9- 6
Slide-In Camper 9- 7
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and Accessories 9- 7
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS) 9- 8
Reporting Safety Defects 9-11
Service Publications 9-12

Customer Assistance
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We’re here to serve you. All
Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in
top condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of your
Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take the
following steps:
STEP 1: Contact the Mazda Dealer

Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best
way to address the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER
RELATIONS, SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the
GENERAL MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.
9-2

STEP 2: Call the Mazda National Customer Assistance Center

If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership
management, call Mazda North American Operations’ Customer Assistance Center toll-
free at:
1-800-222-5500
In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the following
information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located
on the upper driver’s side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer’s name and location
6. Your question(s)
9-3

If you would like to write a letter, please address it to the following. Attn: Customer Assistance, which corresponds with your state:
COVERING STATES OFFICE

All states excluding Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Ohio, Mazda North American Operations
Wisconsin 7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618-2922
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 9623-9734
Illinois Mazda Distributors Great Lakes

Indiana 618 Kenmoor Avenue, SE
Michigan Grand Rapids, MI 49546
Ohio P.O. Box 2008
Wisconsin Grand Rapids, MI 49501-2008
This way, we can be sure to respond to you as efficiently as possible. That is our goal.
If you live outside of the U.S.A., please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor. (Please see page 9-5.)
9-4

Mazda Importer/Distributors
U.S.A. (Importer/Distributor) PUERTO RICO SAIPAN
Mazda North American Plaza Motors Corp. Pacific International
Operations (Mazda de Puerto Rico) Marianas, Inc.
7755 Irvine Center Drive P.O. Box 362722 (d.b.a. Midway Motors)
Irvine, CA 92618-2922 San Juan, Puerto Rico 00936-2722 P.O. Box 887
P.O. Box 19734 TEL: (787) 788-9300 Saipan, MP 96950
Irvine, CA 92623-9734 TEL: (670) 234-7524
TEL: 1-800-222-5500 (in the U.S.A.) GUAM
(949) 727-1990 (outside U.S.A.) AMERICAN SAMOA
Keico Motors Ltd.
(Distributor in each area) P.O. Box CP, Agana, Guam 96910 Polynesia Motors, Inc.
CANADA TEL: (671) 477-7807 P.O. Box 1120
Pago Pago, American Samoa 96799
Mazda Canada, Inc. TEL: (684) 699-9347
305 Milner Avenue, Suite 400
Scarborough, Ontario M1B 3V4
Canada
TEL: 1 (800) 263-4680 (In Canada)
TEL: (416) 609-9909
(Outside Canada)
9-5

Warranties for Your Mazda Outside the United States

S New Vehicle Limited Warranty and Canada You may have these problems if you do:
S Safety Restraint System Limited Government regulations in the United S Recommended fuel may be unavail-
Warranty States require that automobiles meet able. Any kind of leaded fuel or
S Anti-Perforation Limited Warranty specific emission regulations and safety low-octane fuel will affect vehicle
standards. Therefore, vehicles built for performance and damage the emis-
S Federal Emission Control Warranty sion controls and engine.
use in the United States, its territories,
— Emission Defect Warranty and Canada may differ from those sold
— Emission Performance Warranty S Proper repair facilities, tools, testing
in other countries. equipment, and replacement parts may
S California Emission Control The differences may make it difficult not be available.
Warranty (if applicable) or even impossible for your vehicle to The manufacturer’s warranty applies
S Replacement Parts and Accessories receive satisfactory servicing in other only to Mazda vehicles registered and
Limited Warranty countries. We strongly recommend that normally operated in the United States,
S Tire Warranty you NOT take your Mazda outside these its territories, and Canada.
areas.
NOTE
Detailed warranty information is
provided with your Mazda.
9-6

Slide-In Camper Add-On Non-Genuine Parts

Your Mazda vehicle is not designed to be and Accessories
used with a slide-in camper. Non-genuine parts and accessories for
WARNING
Mazda vehicles can be found in stores. Installation of Non-Genuine Parts
These may fit your vehicle, but they or Accessories:
WARNING are not approved by the manufacturer Installation of non-genuine parts
Riding in the Truck Bed: for use with Mazda vehicles. When you or accessories could be dangerous.
install non-genuine parts or accessories, Improperly designed parts or acces-
Riding in the truck bed, on the
they could affect your vehicle’s perfor- sories could seriously affect your
bumper, or on the tailgate, whether
mance or safety system; the manufac- vehicle’s performance or safety sys-
it’s open or closed, is dangerous.
turer’s warranty doesn’t cover this. tem. This could cause you to have
Someone doing this could be in-
Before you install any non-genuine parts an accident or increase your chances
jured or killed during a sudden stop
or accessories, consult an Authorized of injuries in an accident. Always
or accident. Camper type covers of
Mazda Dealer. consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer
any kind offer no real protection
from these dangers and may trap before you install non-genuine parts
poisonous exhaust fumes. They or accessories.
should only be occupied when the
vehicle is parked without the engine
running. Never allow anyone to ride
outside the passenger compartment.
9-7

Uniform Tire Quality

Mazda assumes no responsibility for Grading System (UTQGS)
WARNING death, injury, or expenses that may
This information relates to the tire
result from the installation of add-on
Add-On Electrical and Electronic non-genuine parts or accessories. grading system developed by the U.S.
Equipment: National Highway Traffic Safety Admin-
Incorrectly choosing or installing istration for grading tires by tread wear,
improper add-on equipment or traction, and temperature performance.
choosing an improper installer
J Tread Wear
could be dangerous. Essential sys-
tems could be damaged, causing The tread wear grade is a comparative
engine stalling, air bag (SRS) rating based on the wear rate of the tire
activation, ABS inactivation, or a when tested under controlled conditions
fire in the vehicle. Be very careful in on a specified government test course.
choosing and installing add-on elec- For example, a tire graded 150 would
trical equipments, such as mobile wear one-and-a-half times as well on the
telephones, two-way radios, stereo government course as a tire graded 100.
systems, and car alarm systems.
9-8

The relative performance of tires depends Sustained high temperatures can cause
upon the actual conditions of their use, WARNING the material of the tire to degenerate
however, and may depart significantly and reduce tire life, and excessive tem-
from the norm because of variations in Tire Traction Grade: peratures can lead to sudden tire failure.
driving habits, service practices and The traction grade assigned to this
differences in road characteristics and tire is based on braking (straight Grade C corresponds to a level of perfor-
climate. ahead) traction tests and does not mance which all passenger vehicle tires
include acceleration, cornering must meet under the Federal Motor
J Traction—AA, A, B, C (turning), hydroplaning or peak Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades
traction characteristics. B and A represent higher levels of perfor-
The traction grades from highest to lowest, mance on the laboratory test wheel than
are AA, A, B and C. Those grades repre- the minimum required by law.
sent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pave- J Temperature—A, B, C
ment as measured under controlled
conditions on specified government test The temperature grades, A (the highest),
surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire B, and C, represent the tire’s resistance
marked C may have poor traction perfor- to the generation of heat and its ability
mances. to dissipate heat when tested under con-
trolled conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel.
9-9

These grades will be added to the side-

WARNING walls of passenger vehicle tires over the
next several years according to a schedule
Tire Temperature Grade: established by the NHTSA and the tire
The temperature grade for this tire manufacturers.
is established for a tire that is prop-
erly inflated and not overloaded. The grade of tires available as standard or
Excessive speed, underinflation, or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles
excessive loading, either separately may vary with respect to grade.
or in combination, can cause heat ALL PASSENGER VEHICLE TIRES
buildup and possible tire failure. MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES
AND TO ALL OTHER FEDERAL TIRE
Refer to the tire sidewall for the specific
SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.
tire grades of tires which are equipped on
the vehicle.
9-10

Reporting Safety Defects

If you believe that your vehicle has between you, your dealer, or Mazda
NOTE
a defect which could cause a crash Motor Corporation (Your Mazda
or could cause injury or death, you Importer/Distributor). If you live in the U.S.A., all corre-
should immediately inform the To contact NHTSA, you may either spondence to Mazda Motor Cor-
National Highway Traffic Safety call the Auto Safety Hotline toll-free poration should be forwarded to:
Administration (NHTSA) in addition at 1-800-424-9393 (or 366-0123 in Mazda North American
to notifying Mazda Motor Washington, D.C. area) or write to: Operations
Corporation (Your Mazda Importer/ NHTSA, U.S. Department of Trans- Attn: Customer Assistance
Distributor). portation, Washington, D.C. 20590. 7755 Irvine Center Drive
If NHTSA receives similar com- You can also obtain other information Irvine, California 92618-2922
plaints, it may open an investigation, about motor vehicle safety from the P.O. Box 19734
and if it finds that a safety defect exists Hotline. Irvine, CA 92623-9734
in a group of vehicles, it may order a or call toll-free at
recall and remedy campaign. How- 1-800-222-5500.
ever, NHTSA cannot become If you live outside of the U.S.A.,
involved in individual problems please contact the nearest Mazda
Distributor shown on page 9-5 in
this booklet.
9-11

Service Publications
Factory-authorized Mazda service publi- WORKSHOP MANUAL: OWNER’S MANUAL:
cations are available for owners who wish Covers recommended maintenance and Contains information regarding the proper
to do some of their own maintenance and repair procedures of the powertrain, body care and operation of your vehicle. This is
repair. and chassis. not a technician’s manual.
When requesting any of our publications
through an Authorized Mazda Dealer, WIRING DIAGRAM:
refer to the chart. Provides electrical schematics as well as
component location for the entire elec-
If they don’t have what you need in stock, trical system.
they can order it for you.
PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER PUBLICATION

9999 95 022B 00 2000 WORKSHOP MANUAL
9999 95 020G 00 2000 WIRING DIAGRAM
9999 95 23CS 00 2000 OWNER’S MANUAL
9-12

Specifications
10
Lubricant Quality 10-2

Dimensions 10-3
Payload Capacity and Standard
Equipment Specifications 10-4
Engine 10-6
Electrical System 10-6
Capacities 10-7
Air Conditioner 10-8
Tires 10-9
Light Bulbs 10-9

Specifications
Lubricant Quality
Item Classification or Equivalent NOTE
Engine oil API Certified SAE 5W-30
Use molybdenum disulphide grease
Automatic transmission fluid Mazda ATF Type 5 for suspension upper arm shafts.
Manual transmission oil MerconR ATF or M-III
Transfer case oil*1 MerconR ATF or M-III
Front*1 and Rear differential oil API GI-5 SAE 80W90
Propeller shaft grease*1 Sliding Joint Molybdenum disulphide grease
Universal Joint NLGI No. 2 (Lithium base)
Manual steering gear grease C3AZ19578A or equivalent ESWMIC87-A
Power steering fluid MerconR ATF or M-III
Wheel bearing grease NLGI No. 2 (Lithium base)
Multi-purpose grease NLGI No. 2 (Lithium base)
Molybdenum disulphide grease NLGI No. 2
Brake and clutch fluid FMVSS116 DOT-3
*1 4x4 models
10-2

Specifications
Dimensions
Overall length in (mm) 187.5* (4,763) 202.9* (5,153)
Overall width in (mm) 70.3 (1,785) 70.3 (1,785)
Overall height
4x2 in (mm) 62 (1,575) 62.4 (1,585)
4x4 in (mm) 65.2 (1,655) 66.3 (1,684)
Wheelbase in (mm) 111.4 (2,831) 125.7 (3,192)
Cargo bed
Inside length in (mm) 72.2 (1,834) 72.3 (1,836)
Inside length in (mm) 51.2 (1,301) 51.2 (1,301)
Inside height in (mm) 16.5 (419) 16.5 (419)
*With rear step-bumper
10-3

Specifications
Payload Capacity and Standard Equipment Specifications

4x2 Payload Package 4x4 Payload Package
#1-Std #2-Opt #1-Std #2-Opt
Maximum Payload Rating: (1) (2) (lbs.)
— 112I Wheelbase 1260 1660 1260 1500
— 126I Wheelbase 1260 1620 1260 1500
GVWR: (lbs.)
— 112I Wheelbase 4320 4740 4760 4980
— 126I Wheelbase 4540 4900 4940 5120
GAWR: (3) (lbs.) — w/112I Wheelbase
— Front Min. 2288 2288 2490 2490
— Front Max. 2400 2400 2710 2710
— Rear Min. 2317 2735 2511 2731
— Rear Max. 2600 2750 2600 2750
See footnotes on page 10-5.
10-4

Specifications
4x2 Payload Package 4x4 Payload Package

#1-Std #2-Opt #1-Std #2-Opt
GAWR: (3) (lbs.) — w/126I Wheelbase
— Front Min. 2558 2558 2773 2773
— Front Max. 2600 2600 2850 2850
— Rear Min. 2421 2747 2569 2749
— Rear Max. 2600 2750 2600 2750
(1) Load rating represents maximum allowable weight of people, cargo and body equipment and is reduced by optional equipment weight.
(2) PICKUP BOX REMOVAL PROGRAM — Allows aftermarket alteration of models by pickup box removal and installation of a second unit body.
Contact the Body Builders Advisory Service for information.
(3) Gross Axle Weight Rating is determined by the rated capacity of the minimum component of the Axle System (Axle, computer-selected springs, wheels, tires)
of a specific vehicle. Front and rear GAWR’s will, in all cases, sum to a number equal to or greater than the GVWR for the particular vehicle. Maximum loaded
vehicle (including passengers, equipment and payload) cannot exceed the GVW rating or GAWR (front or rear).
10-5

Specifications
Engine Electrical System

Item 2.5L 3.0L FFV* 4.0L Item Model 2.5L 3.0L 4.0L
Type 4 cylinder 6 cylinder 6 cylinder Battery
in line, V-6, V-6, Maintenance- All 58AH-12V 58AH-12V 58AH-12V
4 cycle 4 cycle 4 cycle free
gasoline gasoline gasoline
Bore and 3.78 x 3.402 in 3.5 x 3.14 in 3.94 x 3.31 in
stroke (96.0 x (89 x 80 mm) (100 x 84 mm)
86.4 mm)
Displacement 153 cu in 182 cu in 245 cu in
(2,298 cc) (2,968 cc) (3,965 cc)
Compression
9.4:1 9.14:1 9.0:1
ratio
Spark plug 1.07 – 1.07 – 1.3 –
gap 1.17 mm 1.17 mm 1.4 mm
(0.042 – (0.042 – (0.052 –
0.046 in.) 0.046 in.) 0.056 in.)
*Flexible Fuel Vehicle
10-6

Specifications
Capacities
Item 2.5L 3.0L FFV* 4.0L Item 2.5L 3.0L FFV* 4.0L
Engine oil with filter 4.5 US qt 4.5 US qt 5.0 US qt Automatic 9.8 US qt 10.0 US qt 10.0 US qt
(3.8 Imp qt, (3.8 Imp qt, (4.2 Imp qt, transmission (7.9 Imp qt, (8.5 Imp qt, (8.5 Imp qt,
4.3 liters) 4.3 liters) 4.7 liters) 4x2 9.0 liters) 9.5 liters) 9.5 liters)
Engine oil without 4.0 US qt 4.0 US qt 4.0 US qt Automatic 10.3 US qt 10.3 US qt
filter (3.4 Imp qt, (3.4 Imp qt, (3.4 Imp qt, transmission – (8.8 Imp qt, (8.8 Imp qt,
3.8 liters) 3.8 liters) 3.8 liters) 4x4 9.8 liters) 9.8 liters)
without 6.5 US qt 9.5 US qt 7.8 US qt Transfer case 2.5 US pints (2.1 Imp pints, 1.2 liters)
A/C (5.4 Imp qt, (7.9 Imp qt, (6.5 Imp qt, Front axle
6.2 liters) 9.0 liters) 7.4 liters)
C l t
Coolant Dana 35 front axle 3.6 US pints (3.0 Imp pints, 1.7 liters)
with A/C 7.2 US qt 10.2 US qt 8.6 US qt (4x4 only)
(6.0 Imp qt, (8.5 Imp qt, (7.2 Imp qt, Dana 28 front axle 3.0 US pints (2.5 Imp pints, 1.4 liters)
6.8 liters) 9.6 liters) 8.1 liters) (2.5L and 3.0L
Windshield washer automatic
reservoir 2.8 US qt (2.4 Imp qt, 6.8 liters) transmission only)
Manual transmission 5.6 US pints (4.7 Imp pints, 2.65 liters)
*Flexible Fuel Vehicle
10-7

Specifications
Air Conditoner*
Item 2.5L 3.0L 4.0L Gas complies with SAE J639: R-134a
Rear axle 5.0 – 5.3 US pints (4.2 – 4.6 Imp pints, Maximum operating charge: Refer to label in
Conventional 7.5” 2.4 – 2.5 liters) engine compartment
Limited Slip 4.75 – 5.0 US pints (4.0 – 4.2 Imp pints,
Differential 8.8I 2.2 – 2.4 liters)
Fuel tank
16.5 US gal (13.7 Imp gal, 62.4 liters)
Regular Cab
19.5 US gal (16.2 Imp gal, 73.8 liters)
Cab Plus
*Some models.
10-8

Specifications
Tires Light Bulbs

Temporary Number
Item Tire Front Rear Spare Bulb
Light Bulb of Bulbs
Number
Size 4x2 P225/70R 15 P225/70R 15
Required
P245/75R 16 P235/75R 15 Headlilghts 2 9007
4x4 P215/75R 15 P225/70R 15 Foglights 2 9006 HB4
P235/75R 15 P235/75R 15
P265/75R 15 P235/75R 15 4 3157
Front parking/turn signal lights
P245/75R 16 P235/75R 15 2 194
Inflation 4x2 P225/70R 15 35 (2.4, 241) 35 (2.4, 241) Rear turn signal lights 2 3156
pressure psi 35 (2.4, 241)
(kg/cm2, P245/75R 16 Rear brake/Tailights 2 3157
kPa) 26 (1.8, 179) Back-up lights 2 3156
4x4 P215/75R 15 35 (2.4, 241) 35 (2.4, 241) License plate light (with bumper) 2 194
35 (2.4, 241)
P235/75R 15 License plate light (without bumper) 1 194
30 (2.1, 207)
Interior light 1 912
P265/75R 15
30 (2.1, 207) *1 Replaceable at authorized Mazda radio service centers.
P245/75R 16 *2 Refer to your Mazda Dealer for bulb replacement.
30 (2.1, 207) *3 Replace cruise control switch.
psi: pounds per square inch
10-9

Specifications
Number Number
Bulb Bulb
Light Bulb of Bulbs Light Bulb of Bulbs
Number Number
Required Required
High-mount brake light 2 906 Malfunction indicator light 1 194
Cargo light 1 922 4x4 indicator lights – I/P 2 194
Map/Interior light (Cab Plus) 2 904 A/C control illumination 1 161
Map/Interior light (Regular Cab) 1 904 Headlight switch illumination 1 1815
Instrument panel gauge illumination 5 194 Heater control illumination 1 161
Radio illumination – *1 Cruise control switch illumination 2 *3
Brake warning light/ABS 1 194 *1 Replaceable at authorized Mazda radio service centers.
Charging system light 1 194 *2 Refer to your Mazda Dealer for bulb replacement.
*3 Replace cruise control switch.
Seat belt warning light 1 194
High beam indicator 1 194
Transfer case switch indicator light 1 *2
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to page 6-8
Turn signal indicator light 2 194
10-10

Index
11

Index
Page Page Page
A Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 Body Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-37

Putting your vehicle in gear . . . . . . . 5-19 Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
Acid Rain or Industrial Fallout, Driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 Applying brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Etching Caused by . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Overdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 Brake lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-54
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Brakes pull . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Automatic Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . 8-33 Fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28
Air-Conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77 Foot brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
Aluminum Wheel Maintenance . . . . . . 7-10 Four-wheel antilock brake
AM/FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-90 B system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
AM/FM Radio with Cassette and Front disc brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
Compact Disc Player . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-39 Hydraulic power brakes . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
AM/FM Radio with Cassette Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Low grip or low pedal . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-91 Battery Voltage Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56 Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
AM/FM Radio with Compact Before Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Rear drum brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
Disc Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92 After getting in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 Stopping distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
Antilock Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41, 5-44 Before getting in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Rear-wheel antilock brake
Anti-Theft System, SecuriLockt Belts, Front Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
Passive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 Belt, Front Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
Procedure to program spare keys . . . 3-14 Belts, Rear Lap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Break-In Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Programming spare keys . . . . . . . . . 3-13 Bird Droppings, Insects or Tree Bulb Replacement, Front . . . . . . . . . . . 8-52
THEFT indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 Sap, Damage Caused by . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Bulb Replacement, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . 8-54
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
11-2

Index
Page Page Page
C Cleaning the Window Interiors . . . . . . 7-13 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47

Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75 Accelerating with cruise
Camper, Slide-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77 control on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
Carbon Monoxide (Engine Dehumidifying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64
Exhaust Gas) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Fan blower control knob . . . . . . . . . 5-76 To cancel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
Cargo Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Function selector control knob . . . . . 5-76 To decrease cruising speed . . . . . . . . 5-51
Cargo Shade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34 Heater controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83 To increase cruising speed . . . . . . . . 5-50
Cassette Tape Player Care . . . . . . . . . 5-109 Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83 To resume cruising speed . . . . . . . . . 5-51
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72 Temperature control knob . . . . . . . . 5-76 To set speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
Center Seat Belt, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Windshield defrosting Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72
Changing a Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29 and defogging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Changing the Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19 Clock Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-99 Customer Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Charging System Warning Light . . . . . 5-61 Clutch Fluid Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30
Checking Power Steering Coolant, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22
Fluid Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26 D
Child-Restraint System . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 Inspecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23
Attaching seats with tether straps . . . 2-26 Dashboard Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 Dashboard Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
Older children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 Day/Night Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Cooling (Air-Conditioning) . . . . . . . . . 5-77
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 Dehumidifying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82
Cleaning the Seat Belt Webbing . . . . . . 7-13 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Cleaning the Upholstery and Inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Interior Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
11-3

Index
Page Page Page

Outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Jump-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Environmental Paint Damage,
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Push-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 How to Minimize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Engine Block Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Driving Emission Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Cleaning the wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
After getting in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 Engine Compartment Overviews . . . . . 8-13 Bright-metal maintenance . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Before getting in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22 Cleaning headlights
Hazardous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Changing coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26 and taillights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
High speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 Inspecting coolant level . . . . . . . . . . 8-23 Cleaning mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
On hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18 Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Cleaning plastic parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
On sand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 Engine Exhaust Gas Cleaning rustproofing . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 (Carbon Monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Through water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16 Maintaining the finish . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Wheel spin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 Adding engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19 Repairing finish damage . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 Changing engine oil and filter . . . . . 8-19 Underbody maintenance . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
With a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33 Inspecting engine oil level . . . . . . . . 8-18
Driving Your Mazda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Pressure gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55, 8-17
Recommended oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16 F
Engine Coolant Temperature
E Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54 Fan Blower Control Knob . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
Engine, FFV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Flasher, Hazard Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Flashing the Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66
Emergency Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
11-4

Index
Page Page Page

Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26 Emergency maneuvers . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36 FFV engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Changing a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29 Off pavement edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34 Fuel, Running Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Temporary spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36 Off-road driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27 Function Selector Control Knob . . . . . 5-76
Tire, jack and tool storage . . . . . . . . 6-26 Shifting between 4x4 HIGH Defrosting position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
Fluids and 4x4 LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27 Floor-defrosting position . . . . . . . . . 5-79
Automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . . 8-33 Shifting from 2-wheel drive Floor position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28 to 4x4 HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7 Shifting from 4x4 LOW to Panel-floor position . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-78
Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30 2-wheel drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80
Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31 Shifting from 4x4 HIGH to Vent position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-78
Windshield washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36 2-wheel drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
FM Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-86 Tire replacement requirements . . . . . 5-32 Circuit breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Foglight Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . 8-51 Front Seat Passenger Position Fuse panel description . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Foot Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36 (Child Restraints) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 Fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
4x4 Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63 Front Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
4x4 LOW Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-63 Front Center Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
4-Wheel Antilock Brake System Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55 G
(4-Wheel ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41 Fuel Reset Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60 Fuel-Filler Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 GAWR and GVWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
4-Wheel Drive System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 Fuel-Filler Lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
Electronic shift control . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 Fuel Pump Shut-Off Switch . . . . . . . . . 5-13 Battery voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
Electronic shift control system Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Engine oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25 Cleaner air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Engine coolant temperature . . . . . . . 5-54
11-5

Index
Page Page Page

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55 I Inspecting Power Steering
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54 Fluid Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54 Ignition Switch Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Inspecting Washer Fluid Level . . . . . . . 8-36
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57 ACC (Accessory) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Installing a Child-Restraint System . . . . 2-23
Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54 Key removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Instrument Clusters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71 LOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Cleaning instrument panel . . . . . . . . 7-13
ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Cleaning instrument panel lens . . . . 7-14
H START . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Cleaning interior plastic lights . . . . . 7-14
Testing the warning lights . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Cleaning seat belt webbing . . . . . . . 7-13
Hazard Warning Flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Illuminated Entry System . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Cleaning upholstery and
Hazardous Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Importer/Distributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 interior trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Headlight High-Beam In Case of Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Cleaning window interiors . . . . . . . . 7-13
Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66 Infant Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 Dashboard precautions . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Headlight Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-48 Inside Door Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Interior Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65 Inspecting Automatic Transmission With map light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Heater Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83 Fluid Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33 Without map light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80 Inspecting Brake Fluid Level . . . . . . . . 8-28 Interior Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
High Speed Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 Inspecting Clutch Fluid Level . . . . . . . 8-30 Introduction, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Hood Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 Inspecting Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . 8-23
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
11-6

Index
Page Page Page
J L Lumbar Support Adjustment . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Jack Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35 Label Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37 M

Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27 Labels, Service and Information . . . . . 3-26
Jump Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Lane Change Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Jump-Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70 Malfunction Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . 5-62
Lighting Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65 Manual Transmission Operation . . . . . 5-14
Combination cargo and Recommendations for shifting . . . . . 5-16
K Shift pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
high-mount stoplight . . . . . . . . . . 5-67
Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66 Map Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Keyless Entry System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65 Mazda Importer/Distributors . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Arming and disarming . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Turn and lane change signal . . . . . . . 5-67 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Keyless entry personal alarm . . . . . . . 3-8 Lights Day/night mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Locking the doors Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65 Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
(with keyless entry) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 Vanity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74
Replacing lost transmitters . . . . . . . . 3-10 Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34 Money-Saving Suggestions . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Replacing the batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-53
Unlocking the doors Side marker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-53 O
(with keyless entry) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
Low Brake Fluid Level Warning . . . . . 5-59 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
Knowing Your Mazda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Lubrication, Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-37 Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
11-7

Index
Page Page Page

Oil, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16 Power Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70 Clock operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-99
Outside Door Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46 Common operating conditions . . . . 5-111
Outside Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31 Power Steering Fluid Level . . . . . . . . . 8-31 Compression adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108
Outside the United States Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Dolby noise reduction . . . . . . . . . . 5-107
and Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Protecting Your Mazda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Eject function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-107
Overdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 Push-Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 How to adjust the volume . . . . . . . . 5-94
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 How to insert a compact disc
Overloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26 R and begin playing . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105
Owner Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 How to insert a tape . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-104
Owner Maintenance Precautions . . . . . 8-11 Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-86 How to take care of and clean
Owner Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . 8-9 AM characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-86 your system and discs . . . . . . . . 5-110
At least monthly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 FM characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-86 How to turn the radio on and off . . . 5-94
At least twice a year . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 Radios Mute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108
While operating your vehicle . . . . . . . 8-9 AM/FM radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-90 SEEK function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101
AM/FM radio with cassette and Shuffle feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108
P compact disc player . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93 Tape/CD select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-106
AM/FM radio with cassette Tape direction select . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-107
Paint Chipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-91 Tips on caring for the cassette
Paint Damage, How to Minimize AM/FM radio with compact player and tapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-109
Environmental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 disc player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92 Tone balance and
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40 AM/FM select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94 speaker output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-95
Parking Brake Warning Light . . . . . . . 5-59 Automatic Music Search . . . . . . . . 5-104 TUNE adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-100
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Autoset memory preset . . . . . . . . . 5-103 Rear Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
11-8

Index
Page Page Page

Rear Quarter Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Emergency locking mode . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Snowplowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Rear Lap Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Energy management feature . . . . . . . . 2-5 Snow Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Rear Storage Compartment Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Spare Tire Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
(with net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36 Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Spare Tire, Temporary . . . . . . . . 6-36, 8-46
Recommendations for Shifting . . . . . . 5-16 Front Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Special Driving Conditions . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Downshifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 Hazardous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Upshifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 Pregnant women, seat belt usage . . . 2-19 High speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Repairing Damage to the Finish . . . . . . . 7-7 Rear lap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Replacing Windshield Wiper Rotated tongue, correction . . . . . . . . 2-16 Overloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-38 Shoulder belt adjuster . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Twisted D-ring, correction . . . . . . . . 2-15 Sand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Rocking the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 Untwist/unjam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Snowplowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Rope Holes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35 Warning light/chime . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Through water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Seat Belt Warning Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Light/Chime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10, 5-61 Wheel spin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
S Seat Recline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Safety Defects, Reporting . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Jump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
Safety Seat Tether Straps . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 Lumbar support adjustment . . . . . . . . 2-4 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Recline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12 Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Seat Belt System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Slide-In Camper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Automatic locking mode . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
11-9

Index
Page Page Page

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 System description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31 Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9 Warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45 Recreational . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Lubricant quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Payload capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 T 2-wheel drive vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9 Trailer Hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57 Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 Trailer Towing Load Tables . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Preparing your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21 Trailer Towing Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Starting your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21 Transmission, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Sunvisors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74 Tape and Tape Player Care, Transmission, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Supplemental Air Bag Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-109 Transmission Fluid Level . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33
Restraint System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 Tape Care, Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-109 Transmission Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Constant monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45 Temperature Control Knob . . . . . . . . . 5-76 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
Front air bag activation . . . . . . . . . . 2-42 Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54 Turn Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67
How it works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39 Temporary Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . 6-36, 8-46
Importance of being seated . . . . . . . 2-39 Tie-Down Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35 U
Limitations to front air bag Tilt Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-40 Underbody Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47 Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 Uniform Tire Quality
Non-activation of front air bags . . . . 2-44 Inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-41 Grading System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Passenger air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-43 Temperature A,B,C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Passenger air bag deactivation Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18 Traction AA, A,B,C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33 4-wheel drive vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21 Tread Wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
11-10

Index
Page Page Page
V 4x4 LOW indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16

Fuel reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61 Rear quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Vanity Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62 Winshield Defrosting and
Vehicle Information Labels . . . . . . . . . 4-36 Headlight high-beam . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63 Defogging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
Malfunction indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62 Windshield Washer Fluid Level . . . . . . 8-36
W Overdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64 Windshield Wipers and Washer . . . . . . 5-68
Seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69
Warning Lights Inspection . . . . . . . . . . 5-59 Warning beeps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65 Wiper blade replacement . . . . . . . . . 8-38
Warning Lights/Beeps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59 Warning inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59 Wiper blades, maintaining . . . . . . . . 8-37
ABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60 Warranties for Your Mazda . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
Air Bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64 Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Anti-theft alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64 Water Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59 Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Charging system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-47 Y
Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Door ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64 Accessory Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Your Vehicle at a Glance . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
4x4 indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63 One-touch power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
11-11

Part No.
9999-95-023C-01
C Mazda North American Operations
Printed in U.S.A.

Including Information On Trailer Towing (Page 4-18) : Downloaded From Search Engine

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Including Information On Trailer Towing (Page 4-18) : Downloaded From Search Engine

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Table of Contents

Your Vehicle at a Glance 1

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

Important Notes About This Manual

Air Conditioning and the Environment

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

You’ll find several WARNINGs,

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

HEADLIGHT HIGH BEAM HEADLIGHT LOW BEAM PARKING LIGHTS ILLUMINATION

HAZARD WARNING TRUNK RELEASE

ENGINE COOLANT BATTERY CHARGING SEAT BELTS

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

VENTILATION FAN AIR RECIRCULATION FRESH AIR VENT VENT-FLOOR

REAR WINDOW WINDSHIELD

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

Interior Overview 1-2

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine 1-1

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine 2-1

J Seat Adjustment WARNING J Seat Recline*

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

Make sure the lever returns to its original

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

Seat Belt System

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

J Emergency Locking Mode

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

WARNING WARNING WARNING

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

NOTE WARNING NOTE

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

If the seat belt is not buckled before the

J Seat Belt Warning Light/Chime J Front Seat Belts

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

3. Insert the tongue into the buckle clos-

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

J How to Untwist or Unjam a

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

J Seat Belt Extender

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

WARNING WARNING WARNING

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

J Pregnant Women J Seat Belt Maintenance a collision be replaced. However, if the

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

that the belts do not show damage

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

WARNING WARNING WARNING

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine

Downloaded from manualsnet.com search engine